Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
21
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
1/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
29
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
30
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
36
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
37
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
38 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
43
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
44
A foot race course in the cities.
46 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
47 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
the carriages and floats are kept.
48 The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
of the Sultan's bed.
49 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
50
Japanese tea house
51 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration
2/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
52
Domical mound containing a relic.
53
Ifugao house (southern strain).
67
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
68
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
71
A concave molding approximately quarter round.
72
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
3/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
79
"Modern architecture need not be western".
80
Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh
100
"Form follows function".
4/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
101
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for
living".
120
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
121
"Architecture is Organic".
122
Invented reinforced concrete in France.
123
First elected U.A.P. president.
124
First president and founder of PAS.
127
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
5/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
128
Designer of the Taj Mahal.
131
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
134
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
136
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
138 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this
church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
139
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel
Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
147
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of
the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.
152
Orientation of the Medieval Church
6/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
153 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low
screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
157
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines
161
The oldest circus in Rome.
165
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
166
The dressing room of the Thermae.
171
The private house of the Romans.
172
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
173
Roman apartment blocks
178 Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the
entrance portal
7/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
179 A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.
181 It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the
horizontal entablature or part supported.
183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.
184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.
185 A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators
against the sun
186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high
188
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.
189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women
192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the
193 A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel
tracery
194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
195 A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
deflection so that it will have no sag when under load.
196 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
employed in Renaissance building.
200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua
201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers
8/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
205 Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in
the life of the emperor.
206 In Romanesque archre a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably
severe and adorned
209 A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
breath from wall
210
Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.
211 Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and
of bishops throne.
214 The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by
the pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern
France
215 Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the
top
216 The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque
architecture
217 Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly
numerous in castle
218
Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____
219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
220
A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.
221 A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch,
stones were dropped only on an enemy below.
222 A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised
portions known as merlons
223 The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure
openings.
224 A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a
boundary line
9/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls
226
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls,
and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a
drying ground for the large monthly wash
227 A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines
formed by angles of spires and canopies.
228 An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the
vaulting.
229
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.
230 An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of
northern France first pointed.
231
Leafed ornament.
232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
233 The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating
clergy.
235
A room, where food is stored in a manor house.
236
The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.
240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.
241 A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in early times.
242 A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous
revolution of European times.
243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?
244 The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed
inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture
245 A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance
architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical
elements
10/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
246 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
employed in renaissance buildings
247
A light portable receptacle for sacred relics
259 A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in
geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance
archre in England.
262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.
263
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the
coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of
variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects
264 The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative
designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA.
265 A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave
line.
266 The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.
267 A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.
268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.
269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning land of the free
11/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
274 Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition
universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower.
One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium
275 building, U.S.
279 In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as The Noble of
Architecture the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living
architect whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.
His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as
280 well as costume and poster design.
281 Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive
abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the
valid elements of older style.
Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His
282
style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has
surrealist and cubist elements.
283 One of the worlds 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and
only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease
and homelessness.
In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current
284 technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs.
285 Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and
bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train
stations at Toulouse and again in France.
286 He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals
such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.
287 French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom Each one sees
whatever he wishes to see belongs to,
He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60s or at the
288 age of 60 yrs. old.
An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on
289 classical decoration.
He was called Masters master where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer
290 and Van de Rohe
291 Architect who leads the development of the Quezon Memorial Circle in Quezon City.
12/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.
298 His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the
shortest path the stresses developed within the structures.
303
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.
306
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),
A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)
13/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
307
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft
contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?
312
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.
313
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
314
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, The reality of the building does
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.
315 The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure
rests.
316
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support
taking the place of a column or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.
14/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
317
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively
emphasize the apex of a gable, or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.
318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,
320 Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually,
three levels upon which the
superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size
incrementally, forming a series of steps
along all or some sides of the building.
321 The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon
Memorial Circle.
322
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is
composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,
323
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways
leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and sken (also known as the parodos).
324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.
325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.
326 A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved
grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
327 event. They are frequently used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
328 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the
democratically-elected council is called:
329 The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
330
The father of modern picture books of Architecture
331 The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the
troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.
332 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is
also known as:
333 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
made entirely f marble is;
334 It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and
the 1880s in England and the USA and actually based on country
house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:
15/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
335 An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
336
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is
called:
337 The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.
338 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
result of the interior
339 The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.
340 It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
341 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.
342 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
circular form.
343 A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.
344 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected
council is called
345
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan
but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the
12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period
346 A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the
wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the
highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost
edge of the abutting living units?
350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as
351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is
352
Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg
(citizens town) of the medieval ages
16/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
353
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and the 1880s in England
and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture
which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and
colonial elements in the USA
354 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained
337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in
Marseilles?
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter s and St. Paul
355 Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
356 The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:
357 The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the
composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between
monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
358
359
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a
palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained
360
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling
elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra
which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders
364
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect
marked by ancient Roman Architectural forms
366
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF
367
THE WALLS
368 TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY
17/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
372 TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCHRE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT,
CHARATERIZED IN ARCHRE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL
ELEMENTS.
IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED
373 SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS
LAST PHASE IS CALLED ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF
ARCHRE.
375
( FR. ROCALLE ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE
ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED
SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT
PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.
378 ENGLISH ARCHL & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING
THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED
AFTER JAMES I
379 THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH
AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE
GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.
381 Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or
woman possessed
382
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping)
sides covering a burial chamber blow ground
383
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver &
gold) pyra-midion at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut
with hieroglyphics
384
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
triangular sides meeting at the apex
18/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
386
Consists of a complex of sarsen (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have
been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs
of southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by
lintels
387
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in
number from one to seven
388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits
389
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright
stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone
390 Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A
wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of
an arch or vault
391
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a
meeting place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or
conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench
along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular
outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche
(technical)
392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god
393
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and
crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine,
temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.
394
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different
periods or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.
395
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch,
balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural
component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner
curve of an arch
396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
397
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a
circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular
piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim
398
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of
stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a
high stone roof
399
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture
and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually
pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph
19/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
400
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors.
painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing
watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster
401
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as
shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered
walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other
402
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of
man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support
for the upper part of a classical building
404
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to
counteract the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the
appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the
shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly
straight column would give
405
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a
groove running down an architectural column
407 the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower
portions of walls when decorated separately.
408
The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns
409
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat
narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces
410
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices;
architecture gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a
colonnade as the major part of a facade
412
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or
colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.
413
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious
campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate
bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary
(statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in
its face
414
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs
or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome
20/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
415
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important
settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)
416
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great
thermae and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a
channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a
great distance
417
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public
meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.
418
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building.
architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet
419
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn
out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late
period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone
or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions
420
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often
on a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.
422
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in
a ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling
423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.
424
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an
arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with
arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling
427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.
428
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed
as to exert an equal thrust in all directions
430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
431 A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel
were read
432
Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble
21/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
433 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as
CIBORIUM.
434 A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area
by arcades or the like.
435
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance
or narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar
for the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps)
usually flanked by aisles of less height
436
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of
a building
438
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space
without object of adoration. (Muslim)
439 A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting
the beams of a roof, floor or vault.
440
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more
balconies from which the faithful are called to prayer
443
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to
form an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting
part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a
square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above
445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.
446 A double curve, resembling the letter S, formed by the union of a curve and a convex
line
447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.
448
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are
placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen
decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox
churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church
449
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform
projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a
building, planned for summer leisure.
450
A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings
22/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
451
Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design
452
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing,
a horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between
two arches and a cornice
453
small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.
454 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical
window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a
window or the panels of a screen
455 A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or
large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to
wine produced there
456 A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire,
especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges
intersect.
457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
458
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether
vaulted or flat.
459 Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.
461 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.
462 The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate
platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a
colonnade
463 The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of
church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central
part (nave)
464
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The
new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right
angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels
was adopted
465
Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior
466
A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard
23/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
470
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated
deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.
471
Covered passages around an open space or Garth, connecting the church to the
chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space
472
A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies
479
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a
stair handrail or a coping (walls capping surface).
480
a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic
scrolls, and crimped folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a
profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a
lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture
and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular
throughout Europe in the early 18th century.
481
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of
art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.
482 A tower not connected with Bell. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which
the bells are hung.
483
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the
eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.
484
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and
tradesmen, organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge =
Italian renaissance chief magistrate)
485 (little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in
character.
486 The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and
other officials, usually referred to as the choir
487
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone
(Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially
when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the
wall
24/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
488
A BRACKET: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls
or volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice
489
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or
vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious
artifacts
490 The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is
framed.
491
The chief magistrates buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.
492
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square
or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of
glass and providing natural light inside
493
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall
between an outer door and the main part of a building
494
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring
roofs and glazed at the sides
495
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in
decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and
greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on
somebodys head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a
circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a
coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]
496
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;
[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]
497
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the
flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.
498
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful
Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor
goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]
499 An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An
architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched
structure
500 A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. Die or Dado, and
a cornice or cap mould
501 A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting
from roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the
main roof and has its own gable
25/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
502 A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body,
used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in
Renaissance times.
503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
504
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area
adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation.
A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house
505
Also called brackets or consoles or ancones. It is a projecting member to support a
weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a
cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets);
also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona
of a Corinthian or Composite column
506
The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
508
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around
the east end of the church, behind the altar.
509
Also called key pattern the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a
pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved
decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure
510
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform:
a raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]
511 The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a
rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess
on the inside
512
Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe
513 A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for
seats in a church
514 A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental
ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and
sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of
England.
515 The space between two columns
516
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian
spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings
517
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality
than brick. [brownish red color]
518
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or
heralds
26/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
519
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th
century, an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated:
relating to a heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain,
reminiscent of elaborate silverware
520
An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands
521
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the
rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a
formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer
a fine view of the surrounding area
522
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was
the richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly
decorated ornamentation]
523
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative
representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with
several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting
524
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an
assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
525 Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in
stone and brick.
526 Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive
medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with
small panes.
527
a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.
528 Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9
or 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to
each storey.
529
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often
rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a
simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in
Southeast Asia and the South Pacific
530
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware
decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)
531
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or
octagonal shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned
with animal supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.
532
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles
back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep
gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.
533 An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation
in the faade aptly called for the floral design.
27/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
534
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art
and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.
538
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their
intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the
trusses are directly above & below one another.
539
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls,
roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.
542
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a
light and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or capiz windows and picturesque wide tile
roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy
balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.
543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.
544
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with
drinking ceremony is done
545
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is
divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or
seconds of space.
546 Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a
pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails
547
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant
wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the Sari Manok The silken
Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with
intricate carvings
548
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven
slit canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring
549
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers
of cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest
typhoons in the north
550
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly
one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided
walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building
28/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
551
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported
upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is
terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the
main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.
552
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by
upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams
553
Fool the eye are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire
screen to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for
example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and
make-believe or create an outdoor scene.
554
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and
changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old
beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a large
house in the country, often with a large area of land attached
555 1930s modernists style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by
geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass
production
556 These are garden rooms.
557 patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer
leisure); LOGGIA
558
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire
crowned towers)
559
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic
church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)
561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)
29/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
570
(greatest example of Egyptian temple)
571
Great Sphinx at Gizeh
572
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria
573
gateway to greek temple
574
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena
575
prototype Greek Thetre
- largest for 30,000 people
576
oldest & most important bldg in Rome
580 2. Caves
586
3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high
30/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
590
3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as dcor
591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows
593
2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important
buildings
594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
601
3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.
603
2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof
606
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches
610 2. Minarets
31/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
617
4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.
627 5. rococo
630 8. salon
632
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry &
informality.
635 5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
638
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system,
programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction
32/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
643
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain
wall.
645
3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.
648
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda),
and are designed for congregational use.
651
5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha
652 6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
654
2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.
655 3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with
small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.
656 4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door
furniture, painted walls.
657
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square
chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing
the statue of Buddha
658
2. The SIKHARA & PAGODA temples survive.
659
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols,
groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.
660
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and
projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging
lamps.
662
6. Pillars and beams are painted yellow or red and painted silks hang from the roof.
33/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
664
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers
665
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often
finished with porcelain tile
669
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.
670
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned
with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)
671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration
676
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a
succession of brackets
677
3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls
679
5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
680
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden
posts, carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.
685 1. Beehives,
34/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
686 2. huts,
687 3. caves,
688 4. tents,
690 6. igloos
691 1. Sphinx,
692
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser
Architect: Imhotep
earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser
at Saqqara, Egypt
consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid
the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)
693 3. Obelisks,
696
6. Abu-Simbel, dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun
built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 1237 BC)
697
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king
dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila
698
7. Temple of Khons,
700 2. persepolis,
706 1. Acropolis,
35/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
708
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.
709 3. Agora,
710
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural
achievements of the fourth century.
the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
can accommodate 14,000 spectators.
712
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the
other
713
6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,
715
1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
great domed hall with oculus
oculus a single circular opening
one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture
36/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
716
2. Forums,Trajans Forum
100 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Roman
composed of an arc of arched arcade
most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
largest known forums
717
3. Basilicas
718 4. Thermae,
719 5. Amphitheatres,
720
722 8. gateways,
723 9. aqueducts
725 2. Baptisteries
726
1. St. Sophia, Constantinople
37/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
38/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
760
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years
761
2. Capitol of the United States
Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1830
Style: Neoclassical
meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America,
consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate
762
National Gallery of Art
Architect: John Russel Pope
houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world
763
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Location: Washington, D.C.
Style: Neo-Egyptian
the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base
764
39/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
765
Saint Patricks Cathedral
Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
shaped like a Latin cross
the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style
766
3. Boston Empire State Building,
768 5. Bungalows
769
The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance
770
Palais Royal
commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
original name is Palais Cardinal
17th century
Daniel Buren: stripped columns
772
Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: modern art museum
Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a
year
massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent
tube
40/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
773
Notre Dame de Paris
1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
twin towers marking the entrance
probably the most famous image in French Gothic art
774
777
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
constructed as a church in 1842
surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns
41/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
778
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Gothic exemplar
the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which
eliminated the need for alternating supports
supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture
779
Rheims Cathedral
one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
construction commerced by Jean dOrbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
a work of remarkable unity and harmony
780
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: exposition observation tower
Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
dominates the sky line of Paris
one of the most famous landmarks in the world
built for the Paris Exposition of 1889
781 Sorbonne
most famous building at the University of Paris
782
British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic faade,
Classical Revival
Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by
Norman Foster
42/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
783
Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: English Gothic
Cathedral of Saint Mary
an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
tallest in England 404ft (123m)
use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured
784
Queens House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I
785
Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Location: London, England
Building type: government offices and art school
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures,
rusticated base
786
Saint Pauls Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Location: London, England
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
largest cathedral in England
43/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
787
Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian
also known as Burlington House
788
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
originally seat of kings as a royal residence
789
Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Romanesque
one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived
790
Glasgow School of Art
1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
Building type: college
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau
44/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
801
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
means Perpetual Help
802
Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Building type: church
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Byzantine
a tremendous domed space
built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
additional minarets when the church became a mosque
804
Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
Style: Romanesque
"Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most
famous building groups in the world
the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
white marble with colonnaded facades
45/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
805
Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Italian Romanesque
1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
1418: competition for construction of dome.
1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction
begun
The Duomo dome added by Brunelleschi
1436 church consecrated
806
Krak des Chevaliers
1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
Style: Medieval
crusader castle
the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world
807
Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Moorish (Islamic)
palace of Nasrid Dynasty
the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
built as a cathedral in the mid-1200s
hall of justice: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration
808
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
uses animal styles al through-out the structure
46/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
809
Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
Style: Art Nouveau
expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
light court
it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like
dwellings
810
Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
Church of the Holy Family
uncompleted during Gaudis lifetime
crowned by four spires
811
Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
roofs
1. onion-shape domes, flanking
at 45 degrees gradient towers,
or lessbuilt for wife Mumatz Mahal
located
2. use on the Jumna
of bricks, Riverhardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or tisa
limestone,
museum
were for Mogul emperors consort
imported)
3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870s)
1.
4. a regimewith
transoms of reinforced
floral and concrete andwork
foliate scroll galvanized
(1890s) iron
2. Neo-Classical styles
5. 1890s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades,
812 3.shrine
DANIEL of freedom,
BURNHAM designed by Fatherby Antonio Cedeno,W.H. with Taft
Diego Jordantheas
etched or colored glasspanels
commissioned
replaced capiz Gov. General to draft Master
engineer
Plan for Manilaofand government buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building,
6. emergence Filipino and foreign architects working in
famous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hardthe Philippines
813 among
a. FELIX others)
ROXAS first Filipino architect;
adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall served
are 45 ft asthick
architect to the
and rise 25 Manila
ft above government;
the moat;
4. MASTER
studied in BUILDERS
England and (maestro de obras) acquired title either from practical
Spain
structures inside the city include:
814 experience
b. JUAN HERVAS or completed
a Catalanacademic who training
was oneofofMaster Builders
the Spanish course invited to
architects
5.- LICEO
mediocre DE MANILA
design, first
uncontrolled schooland
reconstruct Manila after the earthquake of 1863 and 1880to open
hasty three year
rebuilding course
only in architecture
resurrected old designs
6.
7. TOMAS
churchesMAPUA
- commercial building first
drew licensed architect;
inspiration established thearchitecture
from contemporary second school in the(followed
West by
815 UST and Adamson)
a.- development
Sto. Domingo of community
Church, planning
Intramuros
Movement in 20th Century, art that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian
7. MASONIC
-b.BUNGALOW TEMPLE, Escolta1948; church
firstone-storey
multi-storey reinforced concrete building in the
816
San Ignacio,
Concrete, steelIntramuros
introduced
and glass infirst designed house
by a with wide
Filipino picture
architect windows, a
Philippines
lanai
c. Sanand a carport for up
Sebastian
Advocators: Church,
Jim Slade andto three cars
Manila
Robert only Gothic church in the Philippines
Colley.
8. CHALET
Cubist
- modern
8. brides style developed
suburbanwith
architecture inhouse;
Germany simple
a renewed anddesign
Austria
interest with verandah in front or around the
in(1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
Filipino motifs
an architects.
817 house;
Devoid
a. use
Fuente middle-class
ofof ornamentation
pointed
de Espana roofs, lattices,
first bridge screens,
to span wood
the carvings
Pasig River linking Intramuros and
The architecture of reinforced concrete iron and glass.
9.
b. 1930s continued
Symmetrical/Assymetrical
architecture
Binondo of urban
LEANDRO development;
plans
LOCSIN and emergence ofMANOSA
FRANCISCO multi-storey, multi-family
Calculation of audacity and simplicity
818 Sought
dwellings
Overlapping
b. Colganteforand
solutions
&commercialfor
intersecting
Bridge alternative
suspensionstructures; cheap
2-dimensional
bridge; forms
distinct
planes
only forofpedestrians;
construction
simplification
that enclose in timber,
of lines, emphasis
3-dimensional
framework brick
of & metal.
on
space.
iron
Capable of expressing tangible miracles.
Initiated
verticality;
Pure color
imported by British
other
like
from white (pre-fab.
architects
England Architecture)
contradicted
& grey ofMarinetti. the
exterior walls. trend by putting horizontal strips of glass
Inspired by Filippo Tommaso
A design of something
window
Distribution Auspicious.
of wall to window space is approximately equal.
819 Other definitions:
Refers to low-cost housing
Pre-Fabricated unit
47/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.
828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.
829 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her
domains had ample supply of was.
830 Greek architecture was essentially.
831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles
832 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect
building ever erected is the.
833 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the
Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.
835 From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the
practice of using.
836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.
838 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the
use of what material for facing walls.
839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.
840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.
842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.
844 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex
tiles that cover the joints of the flat tiles.
845 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually,
the ornament itself.
846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.
48/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
849 The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that
of the rest of Europe.
850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.
854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.
856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.
859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.
860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.
862 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for
consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.
863 A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and
intended to house an altar.
864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.
868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?
49/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.
885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.
889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.
895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.
903 Embrasures.
50/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.
911 The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian
architecture, which palace was it used.
912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.
913 The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric
capital.
914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.
915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.
917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.
918 A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size
with corbelled cornice and moldings.
919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.
921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.
924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.
928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.
929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.
51/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?
942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.
944 The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called
a blind story.
945 A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the
interior.
946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.
949 In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans
from column to column.
950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.
954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.
956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.
958 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the
polygonal plan of its supporting structure.
959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
960 The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or
chancel and usually flanked by aisles.
961 The covered walk of an atrium.
962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.
964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.
52/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.
969 The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the
compassionate Buddha.
970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
971 architecture.
972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.
976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.
978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.
984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.
988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.
989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.
990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.
993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.
53/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
1018 What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of
steel for buildings.
1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.
54/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1028 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by
whom and completed by whom?
1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.
1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.
1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1047 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly
resembling polygonal work.
1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.
1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
55/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1061 A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the
purpose of relaxation.
1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.
1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
56/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1081 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of
the church called ___.
1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
1083 In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later
developed into the transept, this is the ___.
1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.
1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1093 the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the
chapter
1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
1097 The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure
of the Gothic period.
1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
57/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1115 This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by
means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.
58/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1145 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design
depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
1146 This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell
which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
1147 Architect of SM Megamall.
1150 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during
occasions.
1151 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are
kept.
1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
1153 The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a
laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.
1154 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-
shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
1155 Form follows function
59/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1169 The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within
to be lived in
1170 LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such
tower in New York City.
1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
60/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Italian architect
1196 Member of Bauhaus
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
1197
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and
steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.
Skin and bone construction.
1198
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the
classics and later in architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the International Style
Father figure of Post Modernism.
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.
1199
professional name of Charles douard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect,
painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
The house is a machine to live in.
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
The Swiss Building at the Cit Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unit d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandgarh, India
1200
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),
American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete
won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.
PHILOSOPHY:
WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richards Medical Center
61/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1201
French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.
Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow
1202
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the
greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.
1203
Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading
architects of the mid-20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Function influences but does not dictate form.
Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.
Architecture is not just to fulfill mans belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis
1204
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.
Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower
PHILOSOPHY:
Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.
WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland
62/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1205
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of
reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural
problems.
Discovered ferro-cemento
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used
either for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the
layers of mortar & mesh.
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris
1206
American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the
late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the
modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the users taste;
Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.
Less is Bore
More is More
Modern movement was almost right
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia
1207
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs
for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with
traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Modern Architecture need not be Western.
The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.
63/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
64/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1249 UN Building
65/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1276 ROYAL
SEARS CHAPEL, THE PALACE
TOWER, CHICAGO OF VERSAILLES
(1947-1976) 110 STOREY(1707-1710)
NumberFRANCE
of floors: 110
Height: 443 meters
1277 still the tallest building if the antennas are included
has the highest occupied floors
1278 1st Suspension Bridge
66/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
67/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
68/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
69/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1395 Manuel Go
70/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
71/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1467 RMJM
72/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
73/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1517 Galvan
74/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
75/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
76/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1596 RR Payumo
1618 G and W
77/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1632 Partheon
1633 Erechtheum
1637 Colosseum
1646 Monticallo
1648 Fallingwater
78/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1654 Wingspread
1657 Tuileries
1659 Sacre-coeur
1667 La Madelaine
1668 Sorbonne
1675 Burgtheater
79/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1695 Alhambra
80/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
81/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1742
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for his outstanding
talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually
well designed and conscientiously executed 1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)
1743
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:
1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)
1744
o Most prolific artist-designer
o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)
1745
82/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1747
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Childrens Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz
1748
1749
1750
1751
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)
Reliance Building, Chicago
Monadnock Building, Chicago
Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
Prepared site for
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office
1752
Implementation of D. Burnhams plans
1753
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines
1754
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the El Nido style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???
1759 the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public
Works
1760 his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest
architectural school in the country
83/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines
1764 Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco faade through the high-
pitch roof in the central building
1765 Quiapo Church
1766 The Ever Theater the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1775 FEU
1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle neoclassicism
1785 GSIS
84/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1802 Malacanang
1809
1810 Baguio
85/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1828 Rustans QC
1833 2. Rafael Fernandez House French renaissance and official residence of Corazon
Aquino during her presidency
1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building art deco and modern style
1835 4. Crystal Arcade art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping
mall
1836 5. Perkins House also known as El Nido (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manilas
1925 House Beautiful Contest
1837 Malacanang residence
1841 Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which
reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
1842 National Arts Center
1843 NAIA
1853 SM
1869
1870
o Magsaysay Center
1871 o WHO building
o Ermita Center
1872 Robinson's Galeria
1904
1905
88/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
89/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
90/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
91/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Rameses I
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Composite
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix
Acroterion
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Roman
176
92/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
a. i, ii, iii
Octagonal
13..
Square
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Stylobate
Stereobate
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
Stadium
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Dapogan
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
93/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Stupa
Bale
Doric
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Van Alen
Embrasures
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Canephora
Bartizan
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
William Cosculluela
Imhotep
94/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Jugendstijl
Eero Saarinen
Kenzo Tange
Khufu
Console
Chartres Cathedral
Octagonal
Tokonama
Hagia Sophia
Baldachino
Tabernacle
Exedra
Niche
Mudejar
Mnesicles
Pinacotheca
Odeion
Epidauros
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Opus Tesselatum
Louis Sullivan
95/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Buckminster Fuller
Agrippa
Minoru Yamasaki
Bernini
George Ramos
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Iigo Jones
Callimachus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
Mnesicles
Phidias
Welton Becket
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
96/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Shah Jahan
Erich Mendelsohn
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Morong Church
Bema
Naos
Amphi-Prostyle
Cella
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Forum
East
South
West
97/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Cancelli
Nea Moni
Centralized
Liceo de Manila
Worms Cathedral
Bouleuterion
Prytaneion
Circus Maximus
Forum Romanum
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Vespasian / Domitian
Treasury of Atreus
Xerxes
Domus
Thalamus
Insulae
Villa
Atrium House
Balneum
Menhir
98/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Royal pyramids
Megaron
Order
Crepidoma
Naos
Thermae
Velarium
Insula
Baldachino
Narthex
Gymnaceum
Voussoirs
Cenotaph
West door
Rayonnant
Plough
Camber
Rustication
Antonio Gaudi
James Hoban
Carlos Baretto
Masjid
Muenzzin
Islamic
Kibla
99/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Shah-Jehan
Cluniac
sixtite
pilaster strips
campanile
ambrogio
Altars
Castle
Alexander
Helm Roof
Church bldgs.
Portugal
Alocabaca, Portugal
Fortress
fortification
machicolations
battlement
merlons
bailey
100/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Steve church
domestic
crocket
buttress
transept
tudor
mouldings
tracery
presbytery
pantry
cimborio
finial
retablo
kibla
Florence Cathedral
crypt
Renaissance
Palladian
antiquarian
mannerists
101/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Rustication
Reliquary
Brunelleschi
Piano Noble
Donato Bramante
Mullion
transom
wreath
scroll
nymphaneum
rocaile
cherubin
newel
strapwork
intercolumnation
fretwork
pulpitum
polychromy
expressionism
eyebrow
skylight
reja
cella
Burma
102/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
viharas
pitakat-taik
pailou
Charles Mackintosh
Tomas Mapua
Frank Gehry
Erich Mendelsohn
Kahn, Louis
Antonio Gaudi
Buckminster Fuller
Francisco Manosa
Gustave Eiffel
Francisco Manosa
Lucio Costa
Buckminster Fuller
Robert Adam
Peter Behrens
Francisco Manosa
984 ft.
103/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Buckminster Fuller
Le Corbusier
Richard Meier
Oscar Niemeyer
Lucio Costa
Kenzo Tange
hierogyphics
Parthenon
Epidaurus Theater
Colosseum
Trajans forum
Agrippa
104/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Robert Mills
Reims Cathedral
Elysee Palace
Torogan House
Ivatans Rakuh
G.F.& Partners
Lao Tze
Plinth
Caryatid
105/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Finial
le Corbusier
Telamon
Crepidoma
Federico Ilustre
Archivolt
Eisodos
Obelisk
Aokum
Gargoyle
Monument
Bouleuterion
Andrea Palladio
Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column
106/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Temenos
Walter Gropius
Le Corbusier
Prytaneion
Kankanay
Decorated style
Cromlech
Mannerism
Bouleuterion
Firewall; Fireblock
Andrea Palladio
Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column
107/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Unite d Habitation
Temenos
Walter Gropius
Le Corbusier
prytaneion
Kankanay
Cavaea
Decorated Style
Chromlech
Palladianism
Egyptian Architecture
Romanesque Architecture
Gothic Architecture
Rayonant
Flamboyant
Renaissance Architecture
Palladianism
108/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Mannerism
Baroque
Antiquarian
Rococco
Plateresque Architecture
Elizabethan Architecture
Jacobean Architecture
Gregorian Architecture
Picturesque Architecture
Sphinx
Mastaba
Obelisk
Pyramid
Batter
109/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Stonehenge
Ziggurat
Hieroglyphics
Dolmen
Voussoirs
Exedra
Cella
Stupa
Eclectic
Soffit
Fortress
Pendentive
Picturesqueness
110/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Fresco
Stoa
Atlantes
Abacus
Entasis
Flutes
Caryatids
Daado
Arris
Fillets
Pediment
Plinth
Agora
Triumphal Arch
Thermae
111/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Colosseum
Aquaducts
Forum
Pinaccle
Sarcophagus
Mausolleum
Groins
Coffers
Butress
Vault
Narthex
baptisteries
Font
Dome
Bema
Arcade
Ambo
Mosaic
112/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Baldachino
Aisle
Nave
Apse
Kiosk
Mosque
Corbel
Minaret
Chamfer
Atrium
Squinch
Harem
Cenotaph
Ogee
Keystone
Iconostasis
Verandah
Piazza
113/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Arabesque
Spandrel
Turret
Mullions
Chateau
Fleche
Niche
Boss
Pilaster Strip
Chatris
Tracery
Podium
Transept
Cimborio
Larder
Spire
Steeple
Wardrobe
114/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Camber
Coisters
Pantry
Stellar Vault
Monastery
Oriel Window
Refectory
Scroll
Palazzo
Baluster
Rococo
baroque
Belfry
Entablature
Doge's Hall
Pavillion
Chancel
Quoins
115/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Console
Crypt
Newel
Doge's Palace
Cupola
Vestibule
Lantern
Wreath
Salon
Mansard
Nymphaeum
Finial
Pedestal
Dormer
116/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Hermes
Mullions
Patio
Modilions
Transom
Tabernacle
Ambulatory
Finial
Dais
Bay Window
Helm Roof
Gallery
Strapwork
Intercolumnation
Cherubs
Terracotta
Heraldic
117/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Plateresque Architecture
Pulpit
Belvedere
Churrigueresque
Candelabra
Fretwork
Wata Dage
Tudor Revival
Torus
Pagoda
Bungallow
Faience
Stambas / Laths
Great Wall
Art Noveau
118/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
bauhaus
Fenestration
Architectonic
Rarhs
Space Frame
Baloon Framing
Pai Lou
Bonsai
Antillan House
Belvedere
Tea House
Ken
Nipa House
maranao House
Ivatan House
Loggia
119/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Irrimoya Gable
Torii
Trompel o Eil
Country House
Art Deco
Gazebo
Stoa
Pinacle
Boss/ Groin
Quoins / Squinch
Serdab
Glypthoteca
Pinacotheca
Themenos
Lacunaria
Peroma
Dromos
Thalamus
120/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
God Horus
Egyptian Architects
Propylaea
Partenon
Theatre of Dionysus
Forum Romanum
Circus Maximus
Forum of Trajan
Prehistoric Period
Egyptian Architecture
Mesopotamian Architecture
Greek Architecture
Roman Architecture
Byzantine Architecture
Islamic Architecture
122/471
Romanesque Architecture
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Romanesque Architecture
Gothic Architecture
Renaissance Architecture
Britain Architecture
Continental Europe
American Architecture
123/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
American Architecture
Modern International
India / pakistan
Sri Lanka
124/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
China
Japan
Philippines
125/471
Pre Historic Period - Structures
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Egyptian Buildings
126/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Greek Buildings
127/471
Roman Buildings
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Roman Buildings
Byzantine Structures
Islamic Buildings
128/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Romanesque Buildings
Gothic Buildings
Rennaissance Buildings
Britain Buildings
129/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
American Structures
130/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
131/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
French Architecture
132/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
133/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
English architecture
134/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Modern International
135/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Modern International
136/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
137/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Intramuros
American Period
Futurism
Functionalism
Utilitarianism
138/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Constructivism
Neo-expressionism
Ecclectism
Pyramid
Cheops
Rameses 1
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Composite
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix (Antefixae)
Acroterion / Acroterium
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
139/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Marble
Pisa
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
Stupa
Bale
Ziggurat
Doric
Pyramid
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Cambodian
Van Alen
Embrasures
Agra
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Heb-sed
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
140/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Groin Vault
Visayan
Greek
Canephora
Bartizan
Basilica
Greek
Helm Roof
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Pinnacle
William Cosculluela
Sarcophagus
Imhotep
Bouleuterion
Tussel House
Astylar
Jugendstijl
Liceo de Manila
Crenel
Balance
Eclecticism
Eero Saarinen
141/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Kaufman House
Juan Nakpil
Kenzo Tange
Felipe Mendoza
Palace of Persepolis
Saracenic Architecture
Echinus
S-tiles
Agora
Entasis
Baroque
Pagoda
Roman
Crepidoma
Amphi-Prostyle
Cenotaphs
Aljibe
Impluvium
Naos
Crypt
Bema
Console
Villa
Atrium House
Romanesque
Romanesque
Alvar Aalto
Tomas Mapua
142/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Forum
Welton Becket
Chartres Cathedral
176
Greek
Ziggurat
Acanthus
Arch
Triforium
Clerestory
Module
Tympanum
Arcade
Architrave
Entablature
Octagonal
13
Tokonama
Square
Hagia Sophia
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Ambulatory
Cantharus
Exedra
Baldachino
143/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Tabernacle
Niche
Minaret
Lacunaria
Bayon
Mudejar
Crocket
Abacus
Capital
Plinth
Chancel
Frigidarium
Barasoain Church
Seraglio
Ziggurat
Mnesicles
Harem
Mortuary Temple
Ziggurat
Pyramid
Cult Temple
Persian
Atlantes
Exedra
144/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Peripteral
Stylobate
Stereobate
Gymnasium
Pinacotheca
Prostyle
Intercolumniation
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Odeion
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
stadium
In Antis
Amphi-Antis
Gymnasium
Doric
Epidauros
Use of Concrete
Pantheon
Forum Romanum
Xerxes
Artaxerxes
145/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Phidias
Lacus
Salientes
Circus Maximus
Vespasian / Domitian
Mnesicles
Clepsydra
Treasury of Atreus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
18
4-horse Chariot
Cyma Reversa
Key Pattern
Sculptured Reliefs
House #33
Bird's Beak
Peribolus
Domus
Podium
Bepidales
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Basilica
Choragic Monument
146/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Choragic Monument
Fret
Termini
Opus Tesselatum
Callimachus
Thalamus
Timber-enframed Portal
Etruscans
Insula
Nymphaeum
Renaissance
Louis Sullivan
Iigo Jones
Hypostyle Hall
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Buckminster Fuller
Rock-Hewn Tombs
George Ramos
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Frigidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Forum
East
South
West
147/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Cancelli
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Statues
Centralized
Nea Moni
Lantern
Cloisters
Ornamental Arcades
Worms Cathedral
Cathedral
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Bernini
Dispensa
Falig
Minoru Yamasaki
Greek
Balteus
Roman
Agrippa
Prytaneion
148/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Hypotrachelion
Doric
Ionic
Greek
Papyrus
Cult Temple
Balneum
Cella
Triglyph
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
Shah Jahan
Telamones or Atlantes
Herms
Terms
Madrassah
Moscow
Erich Mendelsohn
Eclecticism
149/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Neo-Classism
Parti
Felipe Mendoza
George Ramos
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Morong Church
Panay Capiz
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Azotea
Dapogan
Louis Sullivan
Antonio Gaudi
Walter Gropius
Louis Khan
Le corbusier
Robert Mailart
Adolf Loos
EERo Saarinen
Kenzo tange
Marcus Vitruvius
150/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Robert Venturi
Lao Tse
SOM
Buckminster Fuller
Jorn Utzon
Walter Gropius
Erich Mendelson
Le corbusuier
Leandro Locsin
CC. de cstro
Manuel manosa
IM pei
Eero Saarinen
Philip Jhonson
Antonio Gaudi
Joseph Paxton
Philip Jhonson
Maurice de Sully
Antonio Gaudi
Cass Gilbert
Le corbusuier
151/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Marcel Brever
Philip Jhonson
Le corbusuier
Louis Khan
152/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Perret Auguste
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
153/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Kenzo Tange
Adolf Loos
Alvar Aalto
Auguste Perret
Antonio Gaudi
Benjamin Latrobe
Cesar Pelli
154/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Daniel Burnham
Daniel Libeskind
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
Felix Candela
Frank Gehry
Frei Otto
Fumihiko Maki
Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei
Jorn Utzon
Joseph Paxton
Kenzo tange
Louis Sullivan
Louis Khan
Le corbusuier
Oscar Niemeyer
Michael graves
Moshe Safdie
Norman Foster
Philip Jhonson
Paul Rudolph
Philip Webb
Peter Eissenman
Renzo Piano
Richard Meier
155/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Reem Koolhaas
Robert Mailaart
Santiago Calatrava
Tadao Ando
Wallace Harrison
Jacques Herzog and
Pierre de Meuron
Richard Rogers
Jean Nouvel
Eero Saarinen
SOM
Minoru Yamasaki
Frank Gehry
SOM
Cesar Pelli
IM pei
Bruce Graham
IM pei
IM pei
156/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
John Wood
Robert de Cotte
Puente Colgante
Manila Hotel
Tomas Mapua
Carlos Barretto
Juan Arelleno
Roque Ruano
Pablo Antonio
Daniel Doane
Daniel Burnham
S. Rowland
Harold Keys
William Birt
1925
1930
1941
Rufino Tower
157/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Department of Health
Evangelista House
SM Megamall
VIP Building
Department of Finance
Department of Tourism
Leyte Capitol
Manila Hilton
Iglesia ni Cristo
Union Church
UP Melchor Hall
UP Palama Hall
SM Makati
FEU Hospital
Mormon Temple
Ambassador Hotel
Manila Cathedral
158/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
EDSA Shrine
Moonwalk Church
UE Chapel (Recto)
Metropolitan Museum
Glorietta
Greenbelt-3
Heritage Hotel
Manila Peninsula
Oakwood Towers
Bonifacio Monument
Batasan Pambansa
Meralco Building
Virra Mall
Court of Appeals
Metropolitan Theatre
159/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
SMS Building
Supreme Court
Tayabas Capitol
UP Villamor Hall
Elena Apartments
Ever Theatre
Quezon Institute
Quiapo Church
Rufino Building
San Lazaro ..
State Theatre
UP Administration Bldg
UP Library
CCP Theatre
Citibank Building
Malacaang Palace
160/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
UP Chapel
La Fayette 1 & 2
Mehan Garden
Bel-Air Apartment
Forum Theatre
Galaxy Theatre
Forbes Tower
Rockwell Center
SM Centerpoint
SM Fairview
SM Southmall
Rizal Monument
De La Salle University
Mapua Residence
161/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Robinson's Galleria
Robinson's Place
SM Cebu
SM City EDSA
Tutuban Mall
Twin Towers
Manila Hotel
Normal School
UP Manila
YMCA Arroceros
LKG Tower
Manila Peninsula
Ritz Towers
Pacific Plaza
Rufino Tower
Rufino Building
162/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Atrium
Greenbelt
Greenbelt 2
Greenbelt Chapel
Philamlife Tower
BA Lepanto
Citibank Tower
King's Court II
RCBC Buendia
Metrobank Buendia
Pacific Star
Le Metropole
163/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Galleria De Magallanes
Magallanes Church
1322 Roxas
Admiral Apartments
CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-
Air Apartments
Department of Finance
Metropolitan Museum
Coconut Palace
PICC
PHILCITE
Manila Hilton
Magsaysay Center
Manila Hotel
Monterey Apartment
164/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Galaxy Theater
Ideal Theater
Picache Building
Quiapo Church
PNB Escolta
Avenue Theater
Casino Espaol
Instituto Cervantes
Ambassador Hotel
Arguelles Building
Assumption Convent
Capitol Theater
Ever Theater
Galaxy Theater
Lyric Theater
Ideal Theater
GSIS Building
Petrona Apartments
165/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Metropolitan Museum
Metropolitan Theater
Mehan Garden
Museo ng Maynila
National Library
Planetarium
National Museum (Old Legislative
Building)
Crystal Arcade
Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine
Normal University
De La Salle University
PGH
FEU Building
FEU Hospital
PLDT Espaa
Gota De Leche
Manila Cathedral
Manila Highschool
166/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Phoenix Building
Ali Mall
Araneta Coliseum
Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering
and Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)
Bonifacio Monument
Quezon Institute
Quezon Memorial
Alexandra Condominium
Tiendesita's
Robinson's Galleria
Benguet Center
Renaissance 1000
167/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Renaissance 2000
Development Academy of the
Philippnes
One San Miguel
Discovery Suites
Tektite Towers
JMT Tower
SM Megamall
EDSA Shrine
GT Tower
Meralco Building
Mormon Temple
Club Filipino
Essensa Tower
Serendra
Alabang 400
168/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Corregidor Island
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious
Light)
Maya-Maya Resort
Pearl Farm
Imhotep
Mnesicles
Polykleitos
Acrippa
Apollodorus of Damascus
James Hoban
Robert Mills
Thomas Jefferson
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson
Pierre L'enfant
169/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Joseph Strauss
Peirre Lescot
Domencio de Cortona
Maurice de Sully
Charles Garnier
Claude Mollet
Napoleon I
Gustave Eiffel
Le Corbusier
Le Corbusier
Gottfried Semper with Karl Von
Hasenaver
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn
170/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Inigo Jones
William Chambers
Lord Burlington
Arnolfo di Cambio
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Estavillo
Benigno Fernandez
Genaro Palacios
Juan Macias
171/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HOK
Arquitectonica
Johnson/Burgee Architects
172/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Juan Nakpil
Pablo Antonio
Juan Arellano
Federico Ilustre
Antonio Toledo
173/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Cesar Concio
Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo
Daniel Burnham
William Parson
Arcadio Arellano
Leandro Locsin
Tomas Mapua
174/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Juan Nakpil
Pablo Antonio
Juan Arellano
Federico Ilustre
Antonio Toledo
175/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Antonio Toledo
Cesar Concio
Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo
Daniel Burnham
William Parson
Arcadio Arellano
Pablo Antonio
176/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Antonio Herrera
Rufino Antonio
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Manosa
177/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Francisco Manosa
Antonio Sidiong
Rogelio Villarosa
Luis Araneta
Ruperto Gaite
Tomas Mapua
Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto
Alfredo Luz
William Coscolluela
Jorge Ramos
Jose Zaragosa
Fernando Ocampo
178/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
RECIO + CASAS
SOM
Palafox
Recto
ROMAN Dalinao
Joseph Ruiz
Salazar
dela Madre
Macias
Minoro Yamasaki
Hezagon Architects
179/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
180/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
181/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
182/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
183/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
184/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
185/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
186/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
101 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200
102 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125
187/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
188/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
129
In structural design ________________is considered
as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The one way slab
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.
136
Program Evaluation
Review Technique-
What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?
Critical
Path Method
189/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
141
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a
wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks, castellated beam
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.
149
Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide
double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and
the wind load acting on the Mullion
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very
large and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.
155 Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform
Shear and bending
structural design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a
moment diagram
given point of an element.
156 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
75mm
407.8.1)
157 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is
Braced frame
provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
190/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
158
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear
159 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in
poured footings, the concrete shall 15 mpa
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"
170
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is
neutral axis
no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?
171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength
172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment
173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque
It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP
1 Bearing wall system
208.20)
191/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal
2 Rigid component
to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60
3 Flexible Component
sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of
4 200 mm
not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection
during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and
5 2 years
shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP
403.20)
6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement
9 shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? 450 mm
(NSCP 407.7.5)
Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united
10 4 pcs
to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)
11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
12 40 db
terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
13 75 mm
407.8.1)
14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for flexure without axial
15 0.9
loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for shear and torsion:
16 0.85
(NSCP 409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is:
17 L / 20
(NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP
18 L / 24
409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP
19 L / 28
409.6.2)
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
21 0.4
(NSCP 410.8.10)
192/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
22 0.75
(NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed
23 d/2
member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP
24 300 mm
412.3.1)
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by Moment Resisting
27
flexure: Frame
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live
28 25%
load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify
30 in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such 10 days
excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP
31 50%
302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP
32 .60 m
302.4.3)
33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
34 footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than 200 mm
_____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in
35 poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. 15 mpa
(NSCP 305.7.3)
When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be
36 completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the 150 mm
bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel
37 plates placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed 50 kpa
____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted
38 12 mm
to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted
39 16 mm
to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall
be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or
40 10%
compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column
vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
41 1.50 m.
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
193/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
42 3.0 m
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average
43 30 times
diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
44 17.50 mpa
______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
45 20 mpa
_____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
46 75 mm
center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of
47 35 mpa
not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm
50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students
51 Special Occupancy
fall to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or
52 Hazardous Facility
substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP
53 L / 360
107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load
54 L / 240
only. (NSCP 104.2.2)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral
55 2 times
force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the
56 1.5 times
overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered
57 monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased 25%
by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be
58 calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of 20%
the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)
The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand
59 geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. 10%
(NSCP 206.9.5
60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%
Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than
61 18 m
or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15
63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15
64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1
65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87
194/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
66 Exposure A
falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what
67 Exposure C
exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at
68 Exposure D
least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely
69 spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what Exposure B
exposure category for wind loading?
70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph
71 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200 kph
72 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125 kph
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width
74 50 times
b of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)
For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r
76 200
preferably should not exceed ________?
For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r
77 300
preferably should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin
78 .45 fy
connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed
79 0.60 fy
_______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis
80 of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. 2/3
(NSCP 504.4.2.1)
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative
movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole
81 0.80mm
shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP
504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two
82 rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 600 mm
505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________.
83 140 mm
(NSCP 505.5.80)
84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm
195/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections
85 where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is .66 fy
_________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section
86 requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP .60 fy
506.4.1.1)
Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than
87 300 mm
______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite
section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for
88 75%
construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength
The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of
90 6 dia. Of connector
supporting composite beam is ____________.
The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis
91 8 dia. Of connector
of supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)
Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be
92 26.7
designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear
94 connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed 900
_______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is
95 8 mm
________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP
96 3 mm
510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is
97 6 mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is
99 Weak Storey
considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency
100 Essential facilities
post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.
196/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
101 Diaphragm
resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.
102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame
Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What
type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the
103 Plasticizer
requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate
and needs very little vibration
The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of
104 2 years
the project for at least
A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than
106 Shotcrete
10mm originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended
107 function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________. Limit State
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a
ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great
108 Metal Fatigue
number of times.
??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance d apart), of the same
109 magnitude but ??? Couple
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected
110 position. Buckling Load
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to
eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point.
111 Hinge
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting
112 beyond a fixed support. Semi-Continous Beam
Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to
113 change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly 1000 pa
distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road
114 slab caused by the presence of water. Uplift Pressure
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged
loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide
115 Eyebar
approximately equal strength both in the head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the
116 banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water. Riparap
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on
118 a building. Overturning Moment
197/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on
119 Sway Brace
a building
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform
120 consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles. Grillage Foundation
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and
ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or
121 Soil Stabilization
compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a
122 pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe. Sump Pit
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a
123 Seismometer
stationary point during an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when
subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this
124 Liquefaction
layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall
125 over opening. Lintel Beam
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil
126 Angle of Repose
surface will make in normal condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans,
127 functions essentially as a cantilever beam. Gerber Beam
1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis,
128 Structural member
having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.
A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the
129 Bay
principal vertical supports of a structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism
130 One way
that acts in one direction only.
Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural
131 assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which Structural failure
it was designed.
A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a
132 Bearing
bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.
133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member
134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist
135 Anchorage
uplifting and horizontal forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to
136 Pin
permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction
137 Roller Support
perpendicular into or away from its face.
138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall
139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall
A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed
140 Coping
water.
141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall
198/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall
143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel
A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or
145 Gabion
retaining structure.
149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane
A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into
151 Fiber board
rigid sheets.
A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to
152 Scissors Truss
an intermediate point of the opposite top chord.
153 Yard lumber less than 2 thick and 2 or more wide. Boards
154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset
A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of
155 Truss
linear members subject only to axial tension or compression.
A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory
156 Seismic Joint
movement in each can occur independently of the other.
A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the
158 Cable Support
cable.
159 Yard lumber from 2 4 thick and 2 or more wide. Dimension Lumber
161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice
163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web
199/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other
164 Neutral axis
member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.
The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under
165 transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing Deflection
in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.
167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam
A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have
170 Simple Beam
no moment resistance.
A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa
171 as it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a Inflection Point
point of zero moment.
A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate
172 Camber
for an anticipated deflection.
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span
A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space
174 Beam
supporting elements.
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a
175 Pillar
building support or standing alone as a monument.
The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the
176 surface of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit Foundation
its load directly to the earth.
The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline
178 Footing
and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.
The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal
182 Soil Pressure
to the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.
The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a
183 Consolidation
sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.
200/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load
184 Tie Beam
pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.
A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building
185 Deep Foundation
loads to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.
One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and
186 Stilt
water.
187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load
189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element. Concentrated Load
A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the
190 Pile Cap
load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.
191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque
A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating
192 Static Load
rapidly in magnitude or position.
A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the
193 Foundation Wall
superstructure.
194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force
The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and
195 Torsion
opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.
199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when
210 Fracture
stressed beyond its ultimate strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size
211 Compression
or volume of an elastic body.
212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6d
213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain
Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls,
214 Isolation Joints
and machinery bases.
The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of
215 Tensile Strength
longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the
216 Compressive Stress
collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.
The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when
217 Weatherability
exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.
A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical
222 Composite Column
and spiral reinforcement.
The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid
224 Effective Depth
of the tension reinforcement.
A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield Under reinforced
225
strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain. Section
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and Occupant of the
228
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading Building
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
230 14 sq.m.
reduced
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
231 1.50m
are subjected
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied.
232 1/240 wall span
Perpendicular to said wall
Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
233 1/120 wall span
perpendicular to said wall
202/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
235 Base
structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
237 Diaphragm
resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system
238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear
239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element
An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is
240 Brace Frame
provided to resist lateral forces
241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System
A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear
242 Dual System
Walls or Braced Frame
The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a
243 Eccentric Brace Frame
point away from the column girder joint
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers
246 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the Diaphragm Strut
diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
247 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces
system
Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile Ord. Moment Resisting
250
behavior Space Frame
251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
252 Strength
limits prescribed in this document
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform
Horizontal Bracing
254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm
System
An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist
255 Structure
lateral forces
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
256 provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls Bearing wall system
or braced frames
203/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
257 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
Moment resisting
258 gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
Frame system
primarily by flexural action of members.
259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey
The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
261 Orthogonal Effect
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
262 p-Delta effect
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame
264 Concrete that doesnt not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
267 Jacking Force
prestressing tendons
268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
269 Effective Prestress
effects of dead load and superimposed loads
271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate
concrete
273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon
275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 1
204/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for
276 40 mm
primary reinforcement
In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse
277 Poisson Ratio
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain
278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio
279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion
281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part Shear
282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation
286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie
288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear
The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
291 Equillibrium
points are zero
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
292 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and 2 years
after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___
293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"
294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
295 Portable Hand Router
on solid wood
296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots
Smooth & Planed
297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___
Lumber
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
298 Live Load
present at all
299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw
300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length
205/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress
304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
305 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress
307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel
308 4 x dia. Of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___
According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded
309 4 x dia. Of bolt
edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
310 2.5 times
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2
312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50
Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
313 11 dia.
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
314 1/6 depth of member
shall not exceed
315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span
316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth
.60 of specified yield
317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area
strength
.50 of specified min.
318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area
tensile strength
319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
320 0.40 fy
resisting shear
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
321 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall 100%
be
322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200
323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
324 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
325 20 mm
not exposed to earth or weather
206/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and
326 7 days
in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
327 7 dyas
days before test and shall be tested dry.
Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist
328 3 days
condition for at least the ___days after placement
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
329 25mm
but not less than ___
180 deg. Bend +4db extension
330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean but not less than 65 mm at the
end of bar
90 deg. Bend + 6db
331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller
extension at free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension
332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar at free end
333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm
334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
335 40db
terminate at different points with a stagger of at least
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
336 3db
less than ___ for strands
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less
337 4db
than ___ for wire
in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to
345 receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system Kerf
the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot
348 metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram Extrusion
207/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the
Priniples of
352 point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action
Transmissibility
is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of
353 related bodies Force System
a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being
354 considered Free body diagram
is acting parallel to member axis
355 Load
in uniform for homogenous sections
356 Stress
tends to elongate the body
357 Stress due to tension
tends to shorten the body Stress due to
358
compression
is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by
frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the
359 boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are Truss
usually triangles.
are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to
360 shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor. Beam & Girders
is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved
361 completely using the equation of static equilibrium Detrminate structure
a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates
of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each
362 Western Framing
step
a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the
363 presence of water in the soil. Hydrostatic Pressure
a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
364 Anchor Bolt
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which
365 carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam Ledger Strip
a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in
366 frame construction Batt insulation
a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting
367 the second floor joists Balloon Framing
the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger
368 beam Beam Blocking
allowable sag (NSCP)
369 100 mm
that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
370 structure below grade Foundation Wall
208/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and
373 ductility Wrought Iron
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
374 Purlin
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
375 Rafter
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
376 Lintel
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
377 Joist
height is less than three times the least dimension Pedestal or short
385
compression blocks
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
386 long or slender column
failure is initiated by material failure
387 Short column
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
388 Bearing wall system
a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for
389 gravity loads Building Frame System
the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
390 Bridging
a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or
391 concrete Checking
209/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material
401 can sustain without failure Working Stress
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting
402 over public property Marquee
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure
403 Addition
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses
produced in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed Allowable Stress
404
specified allowable stress (also called working stress design) Design
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
405 Alteration
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
406 Building
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building
407 permit has been issued Existing Building
is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such
that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all LFRD (Load &
408 appropriate load combinations Resistance Factor
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures Design)
is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of
410 work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner Structure
is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to
Prefab / precast
412 incorporating in the building
assembly
210/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
424 Rough Grade
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
425 Grading
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical
426 distance to horizontal distance Slope
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the
427 toes of a proposed fill slope Key
is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons
for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment,
431 Assembly Building
amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation
are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event
436 of extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes Essential facilities
is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor
vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and
438 Private Garage
stored
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful
439 for its intended function or to be unsafe Limit state
a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its
440 intended function Serviceaility Limit State
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
441 Strength Limit State
loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow
442 Live Load
load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load
211/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants
and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained
443 Loads
dimensional changes
is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It
444 may be of Bridge Cap
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.
a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden
445 Joist
joist.
load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load
446 excluding Liveloads
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.
a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light
447 alloys have Girder
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.
total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal
to thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the
448 section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending Bending moment
moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-
inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.
gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of
449 Aggregates
concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.
an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete.
Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel
it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators
451 Accelerator
that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates
and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set
for quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.
212/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring
piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the
454 Gusset Plate
members of a truss.
When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail
by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging
455 Punching Shear
the foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter
of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.
for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation
456 Modulus of Elasticity
per unit length).
the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly
457 Yield Point
increasing load
the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the
458 elastic limit is also Elastic Limit
the limit of proportionality.
the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water
459 Plastic Limit
content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.
the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the
460 sinking of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to Deflection
exceed 1/325 of the span.
the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for
461 any other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a Shear
simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.
the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed
462 Stress
in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.
a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being
463 Strain
expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.
test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well
rammed, and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by
which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the
465 slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the Slump Test
same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This
otherwise most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than
about 20 mm.
a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any
466 point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of Beam
wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.
213/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it
468 Fixed End Moment
cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.
in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature
shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable
469 Contraction Joint
places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction
joints are needed in every long structure.
concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in
them. The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent
abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and
the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress
than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may
472 Pre-tensioning
produce better concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing,
used for the pre-casting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be
as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25
em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about
30% of the cross-section.
concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast
and partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a
473 structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more Pre cast Concrete
economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of
the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.
the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the
475 Slag
metal.
477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads
479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio
the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027
480 Resillience
kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.
the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly
481 Ductility
by pulling in cold drawing.
482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity
214/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie
485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile
a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or
486 other dams, or Footing
simple walls.
487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web
488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld
489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark
490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck
491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut
for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding
492 strain in all Poisson Ratio
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.
Zoning, site characteristics
The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the Occupancy,
493 configuringstructural system,
following factors.
and height
Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and Occupant of the
496
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading. building
Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
498 14 sqm.
reduced.
Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
499 1.50 mts.
are subjected.
Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
500 1/240 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.
Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
501 1/120 of wall span
perpendicular to said wall.
The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
503 Base
structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.
215/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
505 Diaphragm
resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.
506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure. Base Shear, V
507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element
509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System
That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a Eccentric Braced
511
point away from the column girder joint. Frame (EBF)
An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers
514 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the Diaphragm Strut
diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression.
The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
515 Diaphragm Chord
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam
516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities
Ordinary Moment
518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile
Resisting
519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
520 Strength
limits prescribed in this document.
521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system. Platform
216/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Horizontal Bracing
522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.
System
A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
524 provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls Bearing Wall System
or braced frames.
A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
525 Building Frame System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.
A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
Moment Resisting
526 gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
Frame System
primarily by flexural action of members.
527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story
The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
530 P-delta Effect
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.
532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete
In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
535 Jacking Force
prestressing tendons.
536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length
Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
537 Effective Prestress
effects of dead load and superimposed loads.
539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction
217/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Structural Lightweight
540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.
Concrete
541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon
543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514
544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. 1
Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for
545 40 mm
primary reinforcements.
547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio
548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion
The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent
550 Shear
part.
551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation
553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress
556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup
218/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear
559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection
The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
561 Equilibrium
points are zero.
The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
562 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the 2 years
project for a period of not less than. construction and after
563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"
564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run
A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
565 Portable Hand router
on solid wood.
566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder
567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots
Smoothed or planed
568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.
lumber
569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw
It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
570 Live load
present at all.
571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length
219/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress
577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
579 Shear Connector
horizontal shear between elements.
582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law
Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel
583 4 X diameter of bolt
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.
According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the
584 4 X diameter of bolt
lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.
NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
585 2.5
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.
587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50
Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
588 11 diameters
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.
Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
589 1/6 depth of member
shall not exceed.
590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span
591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth
0.50 of specified
593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area. minimum tensile
strength
220/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy
Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
595 0.40 Fy
resisting shear.
For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
596 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall 100%
be.
597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200
598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
599 40 mm
exposed to earth or weather.
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
600 20 mm
not exposed to earth or weather.
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10C
601 7
and in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
602 7
days before test and shall be tested dry.
Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10C and in moist
603 3
condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
604 25 mm
but not less than ___.
180 bend + 4db
extension but not less
605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.
than 65mm at free end
of bar
90 bend + 6db
606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.
extension at free end
90 bend + 12db
607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.
extension at free end
608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm 12 mm
609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. 50 mm
Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
610 40db
teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
611 3db
less than ___ for strands.
221/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be
612 4db
less than ___ for wire.
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
222/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
223/471
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the
9 Western Framing
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key
10 Dead Bolt
or thumb-turn
11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tryolean Finish
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
12 Chord
bending
13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property Alloy
14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder Backset
15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads Baluster
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but
16 Cast Iron
low tensile strength
Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting
17 Nickel Steel
edges of heavy digging tools
18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Wrought Iron
19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between Double Glass
20 The wall of Intramuros Fortification
21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance 15mm
22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web Hybrid Girder
23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support Cantilever Beam
24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear Wall
25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring Gluing/ Pasting
26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors 0.90 m
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in
27 24" x 48" x 1/2"
offices
28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang Eaves
29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns Post-tensioning
Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back
31 Area Wells
the earth
32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50 One-Way Slab
33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles Felt
34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss Purlins
35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative Inflection Point
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the
36 Batten
same plane
Fish Plate or Gusset
37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a Plate
38 butt joint with nails or bolts
39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured Post-tensioning
40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam Beam Blocking
225/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings Lightning
76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood Grain
77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses G.I. Sheets
78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building Corkboard
226/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation Aluminum Coating
112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs Chalking
113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing 24 hours
114 Wall partition wooden framing Studs
115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing Acrylic Latex Paint
116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet Acrylic Paint
117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin L Hook Bolt
118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks Staple Wire
119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab
120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position Level Tool
121 Tool for testing and for framing work Steel Square
121 Vertical surface on face of a stair step Riser
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved
123 and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of 2 years
the projects for a period of not less than
124 Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure Collar Beam
125 Thickness of a wood plank 2" to 5"
126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on
127 Portable Hand Router
solid wood
128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete Aggregate
129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder
227/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
228/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only Figured Wired Glass
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in
193 Grading
preparation for a finishing surface such as paving
194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point Monopost
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in Ceiling Joist or Roof
195 Joist
turn by larger beams, girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner
196 Vigan Tiles
making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to
197 Tendon
impart prestress to concrete
198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace Cap
199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill Apron
200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long Boardfoot
201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash Casement
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl
202 Backfill
space foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an
203 Backing
interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door Casement Window
205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters Barge
206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building Bay Window
207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials Laminating
Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation,
208 Mudsill
sometimes called sill plate
209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw Pilot Hole
210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home Rim Joist
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door
211 Cripple stud
opening or below a window sill
212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross Cogged joint
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and
213 Bull-nosed step
projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s
214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight Gravity wall
215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall Quoin
216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension Scarf joint
217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail Baluster
229/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata Pile
230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called Soldier
231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint Pigment
232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets 30cm
233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair Carriage
234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance Channel
235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups 6cm
236 Which among the concrete block is the header block Fig B-2
237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint Miter box
238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level Plastic hose w/ water
239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab 100mm
240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12' 40 bd.ft.
241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond Fig. C-3
242 Xyladecor is a product of Boysen
243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight Load bearing wall
244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks Effective length
245 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume
246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete Stirrups
247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete Cement
248 Another term for plaster board Gypsum board
249 The face or front of a building Faade
250 An opening in the roof for admitting light Skylight
251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves Soft wood
252 A kind of brick used for high temperature Fire brick
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
253 Plaster ground
for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall
254 The distance between two structural supports Span
255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion Rip-rap
256 Hammer is a Striking tool
257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail Fig. D-2
258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete Stripping
259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters Purlins
260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const Anchor bolts
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
261 Lintel
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
262 The placing of glass in windows and doors Glazing
263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade Cull
264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials Lap joint
265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap Green lumber
266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof Valley
267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice Fascia
268 A large heavy nail is referred to as Spike
269 What is the scientific name of wood Xylem
270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment Retaining wall
270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss Chord
272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor Sleeper
273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition Stud
274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine Tyrolean finish
275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period Adiabatic curing
230/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder BACKSET
314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine TYROLEAN FINISH
315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side PANTILE
316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility WROUGHT IRON
317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed COLD JOINT
318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength CAST IRON
319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course BED
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
320 FOUNDATION WALL
structure below grade
321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam BEAM BLOCKING
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the
322 WESTERN FRAMING
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
HYDROSTATIC
323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height PRESSURE
324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer ACI INSULATION
325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer JACINTO COLOR STEEL
326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing THERMAL INSULATION
327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this ELECTROLYTIC ACTION
HIGH TENSILE
328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material STRENGTH
231/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints FLOOR PANEL
A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the
357 SHEET PILE
foundations
358 A fireproof door with metal covering KALAMEIN
Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling,
359 HARDWOOD
furniture and interior form
360 The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work SOFTWOOD
361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks YACAL
362 Finest wood for furniture TINDALO
363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer DAO
364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames KAMAGONG
365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame WHITE LAUAN
366 Used for framing joist, truss APITONG
367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs NARRA
368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs TANGUILE
369 Used for paneling ALMACIGA
370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch KNOTS
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart
371 SHAKES
shakes, star shakes and wind shakes
372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins PITCHPOCKETS
373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer SPLIT
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
374 CHECK
shinkage during drying
375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface WARP
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by
376 WANE
sawing too near the surface of the lag
232/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring PRE STRESSING
395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing FOUNDATION BED
396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders 3 DAYS
397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing SAHARA
398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat BLISTERING
398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam FLAT SLAB
399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber WOOD PLANK
400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface FLOAT GLASS
401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk CASEIN
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived
402 ASPHALTIC
from coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid
The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used
403 TEFLON
primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing
403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement HYDRATION
405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade SCREEDING
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its
406 FALSEWORK
become self supporting
408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width TRENCH
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the
409 WEATHERING STEEL
elements so that the painting is not required for protection
A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over
410 FLEMISH BOND
stretchers in the course below
Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation
411 HEAVYWEIGHT
shielding
A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck,
412 PUTLOG SCAFFOLD
while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built
413 A portland cement specification ASTM C 150
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various
414 ALCLAD
embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs CHALKING
416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns PARQUET
A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
417 COATING
maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring
233/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also TYPE III HIGH EARLY
420 STRENGTH
produces about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days
The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete
421 BATCHING
mixing
422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete 2 to 5 INCHES
423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars SHOTCRETE
424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface SOLDIERS
A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the
425 VACUUM DEWATERING
concrete has been placed and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through
426 ANODIZING
which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solution
The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or
427 VEHICLES
subtrite
428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up STAGING
429 No. 5 designation of a bar 16mm
A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or
430 CAISSON
structures below water level
A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings,
431 CHECKS
usually caused by shrinkage during drying
432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque TENSION SET BOLTS
433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce BANK
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer
434 COMPACTION
together, thereby expelling the air from the void spaces
A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during
435 BULB PILE
driving
436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings TIE BEAM
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then
437 TEMPERED GLASS
chilling it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glass
A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as
438 DUCO
pigmented lacquer
439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid BED JOINT
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width
440 CAVITY WALL
and tied together by metal ties
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses
441 FLYING FORM
frames along its span and shoring on both ends
442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio 1: 1 1/2 : 3
443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface PIER
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of
444 WANE
lumber, usually caused by sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying
445 SOLVENTS
and not became part of the film
446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL
447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion HEAVING
448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal ENAMEL
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of
449 EFFLORESCENCE
moisture or containing salts
450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale KILN BURNED BRICKS
A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular
452 CHECKING
interval
453 It is not a vehicle of paint EMULSIFIERS
234/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture PEELING
235/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
236/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer SHRINK MIXED
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding
531 30 to 60 MINUTES
water, then cement setting will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum 1 1/2 MINUTES
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist
533 condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained FIRST 7
above 10 C and in a moist condition for at
534 least the WHAT days FIRST 3
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
535 General purpose concrete 16 to 20 L of water
536 Load bearing 4" CHB 28 to 32 L of water
537 Non load bearing 4" CHB 36 to 40 L of water
538 Cement mortar 16 to 20L of water
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I.
539 4 FEET
Roofing and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
540 Minimum bar size of footing NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm aggreagates or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
542 Minimum size of column rebar NO. 5 or 16mm
543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns 4 PIECES
544 Sizes of column ties NO. 2 or NO. 4
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span L/7
546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span L/5
547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal 45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER
548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is or 305mm
549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line L/4
If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of
550 102mm,152mm,254mm
cut
SPLICING OF REBARS
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be
551 IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED
lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
552 24 times bar diameter 276MPa
553 30 times bar diameter 345MPa
554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm 414MPa
555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE 15 degrees
ELECTROLYTIC
556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions REACTION
THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS
OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING
557 STRAIGHT EDGE
CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is
used to strike off the concrete surface to proper grade
JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in
558 HAND TAMPER
flatwork construction
237/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner EDGER
562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete JOINTER OR GROOVER
THREE COAT PLASTER
563 First coat SCRATCH COAT
564 Second coat BROWN COAT
565 Third coat FINISH COAT
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic
566 MORTAR
state with water hardens into a stone-like mass
Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically
567 POST
placed to support a building
A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination
568 COLUMN
of the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
SQUARED TIED SPIRAL
569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column COMBINED COLUMN
571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams LALLY COLUMN
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact ISOLATION JOINT
A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of CONTROL JOINT W/
573 DOWEL
cracking
A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of
574 T&G CONTROL JOINT
another
BUTT-TYPE
575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater CONSTRUCTION
576 Used of heat to prevent contractions THERMAL EXPANSION
PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
PRE-COMPRESSING
577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments METHOD
SELF CONTAINED
578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam METHOD
579 Strands are stretch between massive elements BOND FRICTION
580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling THERMAL PRESSING
VOLUMETRIC
581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands EXPANSION
SITE CASTS
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the
LIFT SLAB
582 slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up CONSTRUCTION
the columns to their finl position
Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from
583 FLYING FORMWORK
one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of
584 formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while SLIP FORMING
workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a
585 TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION
horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of
586 SHOTCRETE
compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell THIN SHELLS
588 Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface SHOTCRETE
238/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other TAILPIECE
600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist LEDGER STRIP
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to
601 DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP
prevent or retard the spread of fire
602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes HEDGER
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor
603 TRIMMER
or roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar 4db
605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar 12db
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 12db
608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar 6db
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and
609 4db
smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
610 10mm to 25mm 6db
611 28mm to 32mm 8db
612 36mm 10db
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance db; 25mm
614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance 25mm
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between
615 1.5db nor 40mm
longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than
616 3x or 450mm
WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
617 To 6 inclusive 3
618 Over 6 to 12 4.5
619 Over 12 to 20 6
620 Over 20 7.5
621 Over 40 to 60 9
622 Over 60 to 150 12
623 Over 150 16
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm
624 thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF MINUS 1.5mm
FILLET WELDS
625 Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size, 4x
626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length ONE FOURTH or 1/4
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed
627 200mm
WHAT
628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner 5x;25mm
239/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
240/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" CURDOROY or TOOL
664 FINISH
o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel
665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets MODULAR SYSTEM
666 A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free LAMINATED
INSTALL POLYETHELYNE
FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL
BARRIER. ADHERE BY
680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE
TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT
REVERSE THE
To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear
681 LOCATION OF THE "Z"
stresses present at the joint PURLINS
Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in
682 20 mm
place
SPACE TO INSTALL
683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door CONCEAL DOOR
CLOSER
684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof PURLIN SAG RODS
1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant STUCCO FLOORING
685 FINISH
decorative surface
686 Concrete hollow block laying ASINTADA
241/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing
692 KNITTED
and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of
693 cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry SCRATCH COAT
spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
694 Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing TANGUILE
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
695 COATING
maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by
696 SANDBLASTING
mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally
697 RUSTIC TERRAZO
exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the
698 PIVOTED
sill or sides of the jamb
699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left LEFT HAND
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry MASONRY
700 NEUTRALIZER
surface. Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in
701 PEELING
relatively large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation ANCHOR BOLT
The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads
703 APRON
directly into the garage
704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns ARCADE
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved
705 ARCH
opening
A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a
706 AREAWAY
basement window or doorway
707 A facing of squared stones ASHLAR
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and
decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give
708 IMPRESSO CRETE
a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic
to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet
709 INSET or INTERIOR
sidings
710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally SCARF
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
711 RUSTIC TERRAZO
intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes STANDARD TERRAZO
713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between VENETIAN TERRAZO
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk
714 PALLADIANA TERRAZO
with smaller chips filling the space
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and
715 PIVOTED
sill or about the side jambs
KEEP THE CEMENT
716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end PLASTER
717 and the cement plaster should be.. AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
718 It is not a brand of house paint ICI DULUX
242/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system GIRDER BEAM
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
726 LINTEL BEAM
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole PRE FABRICATION
728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes KNOTS
729 Lumber that is not squared or finished UNDRESSED LUMBER
730 hinges on left; open inward LEFT HAND
731 hinges on right; open inward RIGHT HAND
732 hinges on left; open outward LEFT HAND REVERSE
733 hinges on right; open outward RIGHT HAND REVERSE
734 A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement Party Wall
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
735 the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in Spring hinge
one direction only, or in both directions.
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to
736 provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the Varnishes
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
737 gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a Gypsum
retarder in Portland cement.
738 Basic ingredient in clay Brick
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
739 Sandstone
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
740 Dry Vent
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
741 between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system Relief Vent
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
742 Specification
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
743 Additional information contract documents Bid Bulletin
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
744 16 inches or .46 m
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
745 9 inches o .23 m
the size of its breadth?
Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible
746 space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story Crawl Space
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
747 Adhesiveness
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
748 Cohesiveness
another.
749 Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal? Steel
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or
750 translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and Glass
stabilizer.
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
751 Damproofers
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
243/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
244/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
245/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using double wall plywood on
horizontal and vertical
823 less expensive materials with the application of construction studs with
techniques absorbents
The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a
824 total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser 3.69 meters
is 7 7/8, therefore, the stringer length is
825 Dry walls are customarily finished with lath and plaster
The riser of a stair is 6 inches. What is the run using
826 12.2247 inches
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is plastic hose filled
827 with water
the use of
A manual method of squaring the corners of a building 3-4-5 multiples with the
828 use of steel tape measure
lines in building layout, is the use of
When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor felt paper below sub-slab
829 finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP) then WP on top of the
steps sub-slab
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,
830 slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing expansion joints
buildings should be provided with
A typical block or panel type insulating material used in
831 corkboard
flat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a
water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
832 U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and 4.16 meters
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used columns, splices,
833 materials, lot
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used columns, splices,
834 materials, lot
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
835 compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical ceiling only
treatment of the
246/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
247/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
Select the grouping one subject of which is a general concrete, steel and wood,
863 type of floor finish
criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings
The most common materials used for roofing of urban
864 G.I. sheets
residential houses
For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings, space frames, light steel
865 skeleton structures
exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions
248/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
249/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
250/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
wedge-shaped stone of
982 Keystone is an arch
a fireproof door with
983 Kalomein door is metal covering
984 Lumber that is not squared or finished milled lumber
90 degree bend plus 12
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete
985 db extension, at free end
reinforcement constructed of bar
251/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
group of parallel
reinforcing bars bundled
988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply? in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to
three in any one bundle
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
1000 scarf
angles diagonally
When utilizing knock-down modular system of cabinets and standard sizes, shapes
1001 and forms
furniture, an end user is constrain of using:
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the standard terazzo
cement matrix is depressed
concrete shall be carried
on at such a rate that
Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the concrete is at
1003 all times plastic and
quality of concrete?
flows readily into space
between reinforcement
252/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made;
1020 Gypsum
colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement
Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to
1021 absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof. Wood
A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows
1022 air to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly. Air Drying
Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain
1023 directions are all substantially parallel Glue Laminated Timber
It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at
1024 right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer. Plywood
253/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A A-Frame
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly
1028 aluminum, by electrolytic action. Galvanize
A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement
1032 and water Cement Paste
1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length Brace, Diagonal
1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure Boliden salt process
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 feet above
1035 grade Cellar
254/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage. Stabilizers
These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together
1057 to form a uniform film Coalesting agents
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.
These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and
1058 Anti-flooding Agents
color particles from separating from each others.
Liso galvanisado
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet" Kanallado
1060 English term for " Sinturon" Collar plate
1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a French Tile
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1062 Chord
bending is a
1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is Wrough Iron
It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation
1064 sills, railroad tiles and Bansalagin
other construction where strength and durability is required.
A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the
1065 process of deposition, Aerocrete
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.
It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed
1066 Granolithic finish
stone. (
Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and
1067 that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to Magnetic Gauge
be measured.
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light
1068 Figured wired glass
only
1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter. Fascia board
An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able
1070 Manhole
to reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.
A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry
stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly
1071 Masonry
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of
not reinforced concrete.
255/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same
1072 Materials as brick, but all Structural tile
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.
A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse
at the center of the
1073 board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces Particle board
are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.
1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll" Palupo
is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture,
structures, toys, and
1075 Joinery
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use
only wood elements.
1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace" Asotea
Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is
1077 used-one is a kraft paper. Vapor barrier
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.
In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of
1078 gassing
removing fuzz of protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
1079 beetling
appearance
1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process fulling
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or
1081 slip-resistant finish
fabric with low thread count?
is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
1082 napping
process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
1083 antiseptic finish
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
1084 drip-dry finish
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by
1085 block printing
hand on the fabric until the color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
1086 stencil painting
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions
is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
1087 roller printing
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
1088 discharge printing
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep
1089 Austrian shades
scallops.
have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
1090 honeycombed shades
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
1091 pleated fabric shades
accordion shades
have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
1092 roman shades
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane? mullions
1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing frame
1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane muntins
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
1096 Rigid Board Insulation
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
1097 this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the Outside Door Latch
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
1098 Panic Bar
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
1099 Hardwood panel
except ______.
256/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of
all the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables 3 ropes are required for
1105 traction type elevator
b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure
1112 below grade is a Foundation Wall
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known
1113 as Control Joints
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second
1114 floor joints is known as Baloon Framing
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second
1115 floor joints is known as Tyrolean Finish
257/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1116 bending is a Chord
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
1118 Alloy
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock
1119 cylinder Backset
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
1120 Wrought Iron
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
1127 Shear
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 how many risers
1128 will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet? 15
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
1130 0.90 m.
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-
1131 ceiling in offices is 24"x48"x1/2"
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1) x 4(commercial size) T
& G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 ,
1132 1098 bf
the total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can
1133 be wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called Post tensioning
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs
1134 by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of Wood
Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished
1135 with lath & plaster
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB
1136 masonry wall by using furrings
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is
1137 necessary to provide Flashing material
258/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and
1138 bears directly on the column footing is a Grade Beam
** 6 to 8 - distances of nails
1139 ** Every 4 - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing notes
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
259/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
260/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
261/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
262/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
263/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
264/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
265/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
1347
1348
1349
266/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1 These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization
(mountains; deserts; seas) Geography
3 A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three
dimensions: length, width and depth. Volume
4 Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are
distinct, regular and easily recognizable Platonic Solids
5 One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two
forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait. Face to face contact
6 Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater
Golden section
as the greater is to be the whole.
7 One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view
of another Juxtaposition
9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment. Color
11 The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose
of the building or reason of erection. personal character
13 Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes
in a wheel. Centralized
16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence. Rhythm
17 A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or
growing out of past experience. Assoc. Character
18 It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a
various object or part of a competition. proportion
19 Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.
balance
21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body. anthropomorphic
proportion
22 The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known
or assumed size. visual scale
23 Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then
regular repetition is presented. unaccented rhythm
267/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
24 The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of
human body. human scale
26 Who said that The magnificent display of volume put together in the light
Le Corbusier
27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets. form
34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner. Radial Form
37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity. dimensional trans.
38 A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common grid form
visual trait.
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies. color
40 is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other
physical features at one level of a Floor Plan
structure.
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design. Balance
42 Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their
commodities in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both Tiangge
to retail and wholesale.
43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements? anthropometrics
268/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
51
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms
of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established Homer Hoyt
lines of transportation.
55 The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more
Platting
parcels.
56 Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic
Azimuths
Survey uses south.
57
Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit. Final Plat
58 A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats
Urban Sprawl
up the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.
59 A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general
public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented Advocacy Planning
groups in society.
60
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land
Sustainable Land Use
resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without
Planning
compromising future generations.
62
land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances. R.A. 7160
63
Reason for planning. Promote Human Growth
64 Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without
Sustainable Development
compromising the needs of the future generations.
65
First Planner and developed the Gridiron. Hippodamus of miletus
66
A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being. City
67 The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and
Agricultural Surplus
later to the birth of cities.
269/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
68
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted
Insula
from the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.
69
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits
Truebounded City
of the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.
70
A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision. Traffic.
71
The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces. City Planning
72
He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'. Daniel Burnham
73 A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for
Subdivision Regulations
residential development.
74
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale
organization and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, Urban Design
but not with the design of the individual buildings.
75
The science of human settlement. Ekistics
76
By definition, settlement inhabited by man. Human Settlement
77 Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste
Capital Facilities Planning
disposal facilities.
78
The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element. Physical Settlement
79
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by
Ernest W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the Concentric Zone Concept
central business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.
80
The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces. Buildable Area
81
A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating. Dwelling Unit
82
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc
Gabion Wall
coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.
83
A very steep slope of rock or clay. Cliff
84 A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low
Meadow
grassy land near a river or stream.
85
A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains. Ridge
86
A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water. Ravine
87
On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection. Restriction
270/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
88
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single
Parcel
ownership, and which is legally recorded as a single piece.
89
A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall. Common Wall
90
Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___. Brasilia
91 In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a
Density
given amount of space.
92 The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the
National Shelter Program
Philippines.
93
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and
Social Housing
characterized by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.
94 A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can
"Option to Buy"
investigate the property and make a decision.
95 Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the
Earnest Money
potential buyer has serious intentions.
96 A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges
Amortization
against the capital account.
97
Written document to transfer the property to one person to another. Deed
98
They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses. Developers
99 Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the
Appraiser
industry.
100
Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply. Real Estate Broker
101 Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at
Total System
the site.
102
Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings. Housing Codes
103 Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to
Zoning
separate different types of living units.
104 Prefabrication
Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.
Manufacturer
105
System building is the complete integration of all ___. Subsystems
106
The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city. Urban Renewal
107 An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and
Urban Area
services.
271/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
110
A piece of land with an economic use for farming. Productive Use
111
Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature. Health and General Use
112
Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect. Social Implications
113
Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow. 6.00 mts.
114
Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun. Bedrooms
115
Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___. Growth and Change
116
A lattice structure that serves as a summer house. Gazebo
117
In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___. Grass and Plants
118
The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape. Site Planning
119
The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat. Ecology
120
Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___. Accurate Aerial Mosaic
121 Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied
Comprehensive Plan
in the ___.
122
Also called the blood-stream of a city. Transportation System
123
A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community. Urban Blight
124
The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___. Star
125
An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas. Freeways
126 A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the
Landmark
ground.
127
A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier Lane
128
The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals. Land-use Plan
129
The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water. Land
272/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
130
A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land. Land Boundary
131
A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line. Land Survey
132 The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of
deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development Land-use Analysis
goals.
133
A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area. Land-use Survey
134
In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course. Latitude
135
An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown. Lawn
136 A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time,
Lease
usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
137
A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease. Leasehold
138 Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens
Medieval Organic City
town) of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)
139 Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental d. National Development
planning? (CDEP IX-45) Planning
140 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337
dwellings in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? Unite d Habitation
(CDEP IX-18)
141
Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area? Pateros
142
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one
Specialists
item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)
143 It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured
Permeability
in cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)
144 It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and
10-15 %
have moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)
145
What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4) 2%
146
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of
nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two
4
theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class
residential? (PTIT 132)
147 It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external.
They are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT Landmarks
133)
148
In the book called The Neighborhood Unit he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive
Clarence Perry
neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)
273/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
149
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved Leslie Patrick
in greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109) Abercrombie
150 t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts,
Letchworth
and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)
151 first conceptualized the Garden Cities; and author of Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social
Ebenezer Howard
Reform. (CDEP IX-16)
153
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132) Heavy Manufacturing
154 These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the
Nodes
intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)
155
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a
garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a Garden Oasis
variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)
156 When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP
1916
IX-31)
157
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with street radiating from central point,
Leon Battista Alberti
usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)
158
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peters and St. Paul Cathedral;
Sir Christopher Wren
Proposed a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)
159 The author of The Death and Life of Great American Cities one of the most influential book in
b. Jane Jacobs
the history of planning. (PTIT 116)
160
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the
ZIP
cities and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)
161
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to
Homer Hoyt
the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)
162 Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture
Peter Kropotkin
with manual work. (PTIT 128)
163
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of
c. ekistics
other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)
129
95
61
27
274/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
-7
-41
-75
-109
-143
-177
-211
-245
-279
-313
-347
-381
-415
-449
-483
-517
-551
-585
-619
-653
-687
275/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
-721
-755
-789
-823
-857
-891
-925
276/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
277/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
278/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support
62 Oxidizing material
combustion.
63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less
64 volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a Distillation
nearly purified substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and
65 Dust
ignited will cause an explosion.
66 Temperature rating at flash point. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6
77 15.00 mts.
persons.
78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family
79 3.00 mts.
dwelling.
80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail. 9 cms.
279/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread
89 25 mm
below 25 cms in dimension.
90 Maximum height of a handrail. 86.5 cms.
91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard
92 Fire resistance rating
fire test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements
93 Cryogenic
produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
280/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire
121 55.9 cms.
escape.
122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and
125 Class D
other similar materials.
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth,
126 Class A
rubber, and plastics.
129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
281/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum
149 465 sqm.
area of how many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are
150 Hotel
more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and
151 bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment, or by any other name.
152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
CELLULOSE
NITRATE/NITRO
155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)
CELLULOSE
COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
157 Materials easily set on fire
INFLAMMABLE
COMBUSTIBLE
158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.) FIBER
COMBUSTIBLE
159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F) LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals
Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a
167 Electrical Arc
space between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor
282/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames Ember
Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke FIRE PROTECTIVE &
detectors, warning system) FIRE SAFETY
175
- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves) DEVICE
Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of FIRE SAFETY
176 building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe CONSTRUCTIONS
evacuation of people.
177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition Flashpoint
Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in HORIZONTAL EXIT
181
approximately same floor level.
182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored. Hose BOX
183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected Hose Reel
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
184 Rocket or liquid propellant
INDUSTRIAL
Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain
185 BAKING & DRYING
salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system JUMPER
OCCUPANCY
187 Intended use/purpose of a building
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease
188 OCCUPANT
contract/permission with the owner/administrator
Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible
189 Organic Peroxide
material under condition of high temperature.
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble BUILDING
283/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use Public Way
PYROPHORIC
196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air
197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture Refining
SELF-CLOSING
198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire. DOORS
199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals. Smelting
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically
200 Sprinkler system
discharges water when activated by heat.
Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where STANDPIPE SYSTEM
201
water is made available to outlets as needed.
VESTIBULE
202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building
VERTICAL SHAFT
203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building
AUTOMATIC FIRE
Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent SUPPRESSION
204
actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire. SYSTEM
213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections Dry Standpipe
EXPLOSIVE
Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and
214 MAGAZINE
ammunition
FIRE ALERTING
Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general
215 SYSTEM
alarm to prevent panic
FIRE PROTECTIVE
An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire
216 ASSEMBLY
(dampers, curtain board, fire stoppers)
FIRE RESISTANCE
217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test RATING
A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4
218 FireWall
hours and structurally stable.
219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material. Flame Spread Rating
220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials FLAME RETARDANT
HAZARDOUS FIRE
Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth
221 AREA
that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.
284/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
HIGHRISE BUILDING
222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.
Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to MEANS OF EGRESS
223
a public way.
Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions
224 OccupantLoad
thereof.
Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic) w/c when spread on surface becomes ORGANIC COATING
225
protective and decorative finish.
Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which
PANIC HARDWARE
226 when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a
building, structure or facility.
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or PICKING ROOMS
227
groups.
Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air
228 plenum
distribution system.
SMOKE DEVELOPED
229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time. RATING
1 HOUR FIRE
230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS RESISTANCE
RATING
2 HOUR FIRE
231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more RESISTANCE
RATING
TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS
INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants)
232 15 m
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.
min. horizontal dimension not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a Size & Dimensions of
234
street or yard, or by a passageway 1.20m min. Courts
a. Natural Ventilation min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
235 2nd storey 2.40m Ceiling Heights
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine min. of 1.80m
285/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1. School Rooms 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person Air Space
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices 12.00 cu.m of air space per person; Requirements in
237
3. Habitable rooms 14.00 cu.m of air space per person. Determining the Size
of Rooms
eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side &
238 rear property lines / sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas Location on Property
of walls
239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system) Window Openings
a. Ventilation or vent shafts horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter
height of shaft
240 Vent Shafts
b. Air Ducts 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm
a. Footings at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not >
300mm beyond Property line.
Projection into Alleys
242 b. Foundations not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public
or Streets
sidewalk areas
a. Definition a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be
retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance Movable Awnings or
245
Awning to curb line not < 300mm Hoods
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) not < 2.40m
not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project
246 Doors & windows
beyond PL except fire exit doors
a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner
Chaflan Corner Bldgs. with
247
b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m Chaflans
286/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1. Access not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2.
1. Area Separation
Number of Exits enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided Roof Construction
253 into horizontal
Above 1st storey area max
10 of 250 sq.m.
occupant area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-
2 exits and Covering
extinguishing system.
Mezzanine 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension 2 exits
500-999 3 exits
2. Exits if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the
perimeter area.
3. Distance of Exits w/o sprinkler 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more
occupant load
b. Double acting doors view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening 90
degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant
load of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant
load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
254 c. Winding Stairways narrower side of the thread 150mm 300mm
d. Circular Stairways used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings straight run max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps width 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < hour fire
resistive. Except openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
c. Exit signs illumination not < 10.7 lux at the floor level
10. Aisles
a. Width not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles
shall not < 1.10m
b. Exit Distance
1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not >
45.00m
2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of
back
< 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
c. Slope max of 1:8
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass not exceed 625mm
- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
255 Skylights
- glass no wired 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass if ridge doesnt exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area
have wire mesh
287/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc.
w/c has an occupant load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or
Fire-Extinguishing
256 assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more
Systems
than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles
1. Size Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per
sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above
the floor.
258 3. Water Supply street main not < 100mm in diameter c. Wet Standpipes
4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm
connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter
1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Building Permits
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
(Exceptions)
3. Window Grilles
259 a. Minor
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
Constructions:
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m
288/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line &
the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width
separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk
262 Arcades & Sidewalks
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or
steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not
exceeding 100mm
1.1. Primary Lines min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 1. Location of Poles
7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk and Clearances of
263
1.2. Secondary Lines min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement Power Lines along
Public Roads.
2. Clearance of
a. Fire Hydrants not < 5m Supporting
264 b. Curbs not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway Structures such as
Poles, Towers and
others
a. Clearances Over Roof Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of 3. Clearance of
265
roofs Service Drops
4.1 New Building load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less
Provisions for
266 than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface
Transformer Vaults
constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm.
Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.
289/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor
268 Capacitors
rating
1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom
of pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype
elevators.
269 1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm Elevators
1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger
elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.
2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall
270 not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm. Escalators
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.
3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located
outside w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at
least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding Boilers & pressure
271
water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector. Vessels
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of
water heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety
valves are required.
4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60
MPM temperature at an air movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be
Refrigeration and Air
272 provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.
Conditioning
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the
floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground
5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be
used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an 5. Water pumping for
273
overflow pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered. Bldg./Structures
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank unfired pressure vessel
290/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes may
be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure White
Exhaust System Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping Green
274 Pipings
Oil Division Delivery Brass or Bronze
Discharge Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes Black
Fittings - Black
275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line. Fence
5. Protective
277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas
Nets/Screen
6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the
use of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway
shall be allowed
6. Walkways &
278 6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
Railings
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings not < 1m in height
7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its 7. Precautionary
279
length Measures
8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles 8. Storage of
280
exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back. Materials
10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be 10. Sanitation & First
282
provided w/ a physician/nurse. Aid
11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors average light intensity not < 2 foot
candles. 11. Temporary Light
283
11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used 5 foot candles. & Power
284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height 12. Hoist Towers
291/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used
for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the
288 edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm. Floor Openings
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high
17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate
rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not
more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs.
per meter 17. Guard Rails &
289
17.2 Toe Boards shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Toe Boards
Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart,
Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.
18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations
w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matls
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
290 18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the 18. Chutes
upper side
18.5 Openings into matls/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be
protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor
292/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and
unobstructed from the ground upward.
a. Inner court bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open
space
c. Through court bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite
sides bounded by other open space.
292 Courts
Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may
reduced to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2
storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like
triangular shall be < 3.00m
Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the
rate of 300mm
2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use
2. Parking
& 50% of each of the non-dominant
294 Requirement
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises
Computation:
2.40x5.00m
perpendicular or
295 Average automobile parking size diagonal,
2.00x6.00m for
parallel
Min of 3.60m by
296 Truck or bus
12.00m
293/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots
not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer
area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
Parking & Loading
297 1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
Space Requirements
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator
area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and
storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant
1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
Exemptions of Bldg.
299 Dwellings native materials
Permit
Cost doesnt exceed P15,000
National Building
301 P.D.. 1096
Code
303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back. 0.85 mtr.
306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back. 0.84 mtr.
294/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of
312 2
more than 10
315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials. 250.00 sqm
316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler. 1.80 mts.
317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials. 750.00 sqm.
324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof. 2" / 50 mm
326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next. 400 mm / 0.40 mtr.
327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300. 3
295/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand. 0.90 mtr
330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back. 0.75 mtr.
331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back. 0.60 mtr.
336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side. 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
337 Open space requirement for an interior lot. 50% of lot area
338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot. 10% of lot area
339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
344 Air space requirement for a school room per person. 3.00 cum.
345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person. 14.00 cum.
346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct. 300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm
Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at
347 300 mm
least 2.40 mts. In depth.
348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
296/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50. 0.90 mtr.
352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width. Setback
354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court. 1.20 mts.
355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories. 12.00 cum.
357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums. 0.30 cum
358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation. 10% of flr. Area
360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee. 300 mm
361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground. 2.40 mts.
363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy. 600 kgs./sqm.
365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection. 120 kgs./sqm.
366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.90 mtr.
367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms. 2.70 mts.
368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread. 0.80 mtr.
297/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose. 6.00 mts.
377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof. 1.20 mts.
385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires. 1.00 mtr.
386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot. 10% of lot area
388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp. One is to ten (1:10)
298/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served. 60.00 mts.
1:50 sqm. Of
397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.
spectators' area
Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for
398 4
auditoriums.
401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building. 30.00 mts.
402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable. 1.40 mts.
404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall. 1.70 X 1.80 mts.
405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably. 1.60 mts.
406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation. 2.10 mts.
299/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors 200 mm
415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants. 1.10 mts.
417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails. 100 mm
423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle. 7
424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it. 300 mm
426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof. 8.40 mts
427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof. one third (1/3)
429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials. 300 mm
432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls. 200 mm
300/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes. 4
434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide. 900 liters/minute
435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection. 4" (100mm)
436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection. 5" (125mm)
437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection. 6" (150mm)
438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide. 190 liters/minute
442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building. 6.00 mts.
444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade. 1.00 mtr.
445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk. 5.00 mts.
446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk. 3.00 mts.
447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire. 120 days
448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width. 0.80 mtr.
449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade. 500 mm
452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above. One is to Eight (1:8)
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when
453 10.00 mts.
crossing the highway.
301/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along
454 7.5 mts.
the side of the highway.
455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street. 7.5 mts.
456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof. 2.50 mts.
Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which
459 3.00 mts.
they might be reached.
Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its
460 3.00 mts.
point of attachment to than building or pedestal.
461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street. 5.50 mts.
466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages. 9.30 sqm.
467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms. 1.80 sqm.
468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors. 5.60 sqm.
469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children. 3.25 sqm.
470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor. 2.80 sqm.
472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs. 46.50 sqm.
473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room. 28.00 sqm.
474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like. 0.65 sqm.
302/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, 1 slot/50 sqm. Of
476
and the like. spectators' area
477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area. 1slot/8 units
478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/unit
479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area. 1 slot/4 units
1 slot/100 sqm of
480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.
gross flr.area
1 slot/50 parking
482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.
slots
484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools. 1 slot/10 classrooms
490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served. 60.00 mts.
492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor. 0.50 mts.
303/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled. 3.70 mts.
One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated
500 Dwelling unit
to be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
501 Footing
to the ground or soil.
A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one
503 Apartment
family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.
A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food
504 Barbecue
preparation.
A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised
505 Balcony
1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.
506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney. Chimney connector
A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
507 Fireplace
which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls
508 Girder
over opening.
512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition. Cross wall
513 The unit area per occupant for hotels. 18.60 sqm.
514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments. 1.40 sqm.
515 The unit area per occupant for theaters. 0.65 sqm.
304/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall
517 8.00 mts.
have a minimum width of
518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person? 12.00 cum.
Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road
519 3.00 mts.
directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.
Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not
520 800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
less than how many millimeters in width?
Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal
521 clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall 500 mm
not be less than.
Business and
522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
mercantile
523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy. Industrial
Residentials, hotels
524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
and apartments.
Storage and
525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.
hazardous
527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end. 3.50 mts.
529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the
1.80 mts.
530 top and bottom of any ramp.
531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall? Institutional
Residentials, hotels
532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?
and apartments.
Business and
533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?
mercantile
534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall? Industrial
535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall? Accessory
536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels. 1 truck loading slot
537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served. 60 mts.
305/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200
538 20%
meters of structure.
1/150 sqm of
540 Parking requirement for markets.
shopping flr area
1/100 sqm of
541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.
shopping flr area
542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area. 1/living unit
543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area. 1/8 living units
1/50 sqm of
544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.
congregation are
Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6
545 0.60 mtr.
mts.
546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width. 1.00 mtr.
547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts. 4.50 mts.
548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts. 4.50 mts.
549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall? Accessory
Storage and
550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?
hazardous
Storage and
552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?
hazardous
Business and
553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?
mercantile
How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a
556 0.70 - 1.20 mts.
wheelchair.
How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for
557 0.74 mts.
wheelchair users.
Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are
558 Safety
the basic planning requirements of BP344.
306/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc. Curb
The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
563 standards and requirements which is the minimum
564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in . Fire zones
Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
565 an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than 1.20 mts
566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than 3.60 mts
567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is a. 10%
569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is 50%
Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
570 to the face of the building is 2.00 mts
Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
571 in the form of 5.00 mts
Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
572 and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than 3.00 mts
573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of 3.00 mts
Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
business &
574 occupancy classification?
mercantile
Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
575 sidewalk 3.00 mts
Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
576 20%
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?
Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
577 worldwide practice follow the System International
578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is 750 mm
307/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least 2.50x5.00
Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
580 many? 1.80 mts
581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds? 25
Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
582 with a minimum width of 2.00 mts
Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
583 inside non-corner single frontage lot? 80%
584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification institutional
585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage& mercantile
Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
586 under occupancy classification? industrial
Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
587 area of room? 10%
Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
588 many meters in length? 6.00 mts.
Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
589 of not less than what fraction of? 1/5.
Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
590 space per person of 14 cu. mts.
591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is 9.3 m2
Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
592 least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than? 185 sm.
Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
593 for every how many units? 5 units
594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have 750 mm
595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of 6 m2
business &
596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification
mercantile
Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
597 classification? storage & hazardous
residential, hotels
598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?
and apartments
599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification? storage & hazardous
308/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an
601 3.00 mts.
access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of
602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person? 12 cu. mts.
Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
603 of 25-29 m shall be 8 mts.
Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
604 suspended at any time after commencement or a period of 120 days
605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is 65 m2
606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is 1.4 m2
607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is 18.6 m2
Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
business &
608 classification?
mercantile
Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
611 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses? 50%
Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
612 more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at 2.40 mts.
Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
613 an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of 3.00 mts.
Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
614 the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from 1/3 to
Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening
615 10%
equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?
616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of 200 mm.
617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is 4.6 m2
618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is 28 sm.
Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy
619 a building or a portion thereof at any one time is occupant load
309/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________ 3.70 mts.
Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum
621 2.50m x 5.00m
_________
622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________ 2.15m x 6.00m
623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________ 3.00m x 9.00m
624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________ 3.60m x 12.00m
625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________ 3.60m x 18.00m
628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot? 10% open space
629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot? 10% open space
Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and
630 1.80m
below it.
632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)? 2.00m
633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot? 20% open space
634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot? 50% open space
Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than
636 2.40m
__________ measured from the floor to ceiling.
637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator? 1.10m x 1.40m
Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance
638 30 m.
and should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.
639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________. 1.70m x 1.80m
640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person. 6
310/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
A bar which extends across at least the width of each door leaf, which will open the
642 Panic hardware
door if subjected to pressure.
Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well
645 Building Officials
as the enforcement of orders?
646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines. Inner court
The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for
647 Redevelopment
habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.
The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the
648 establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structures tower Podium
component.
A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed
652 Courtyard
50% of the area of the yard.
The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the
655 30 degree
horizontal.
The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than
656 38 m./min.
__________ meters per minute.
Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully
658 compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the 600 mm.
underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.
659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it? 4 Storey
. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over
660 1.50m
14.00 meters
311/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement? 10.00m
What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the
664 200mm
RROW?
Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of
665 800mm
not less than _________ in width.
667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________ 330 mm
Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height
669 400mm
clearance of __________ above the roof.
670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1? 4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00
What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and
671 8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
above?
672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW? 300mm
673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot? . 5% open space
674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot? 50% open space
675 Roof The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection. 120
Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and
676 250mm & 600mm
shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.
What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near
677 50.00m
major intersections?
A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and
679 become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within 12 months
a period of _________
312/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms? 14.00m3
Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-
682 Arcade
storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly
683 Footing
to the soil or the pile.
All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the
684 Foundation
structure rests.
A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls
685 Girder
over opening.
687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building. Common Hall
The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
688 Lintel
construction above.
A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than
689 5
__________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.
690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground. Masonry Socalo
692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight. Bearing Wall
What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating
694 4
capacity?
698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________ 0.80 m.
Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of
701 1:20
__________ to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.
313/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________ 1:12
704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways? 12.00m
Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of
706 0.10 m
__________
The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be
707 0.35 m
greater than __________ above the adjacent surface.
Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate
708 because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within Slum
the area.
Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________
710 1.80m
depth and a 1.50m width.
The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall
711 6.00m
provided with landing not less than 1.50m
712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level? 0.30m
713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________ 3.00m
All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard Bureau of Product
714
specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry. Standards
715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 200 kg/m2
716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2 150 kg/m2
Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building /
717 200
structure within __________ meter radius.
What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use
718 1 car : 2 units
condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 40 m2?
In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of
719 30 cm.
__________cm 50 cm
In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height
720 25 mm.
above the road or gutter.
314/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
721 Which does the building code regulate and control? Construction
formulate guidelines
Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public
722 on land-use planning
Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?
and zoning
723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code? Building Officials
What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction
does not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is
724 I & IV
suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six
months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::
Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building errors found in plans
725
permit? and specifications
certificate of
726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?
occupancy
727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken? gross floor area
728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy? Use
729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated 2.7 m.
What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially
730 2.10 m.
ventilated?
731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room. 1.2 m2
733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___. 1:50
Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or
735 Addition
structure.
737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable. Addition
315/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code? 3 m.
Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach
740 Air Trans. Office
and departure zones of airports?
741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit? Bussiness Permit
742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement? Water
743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled? 1:12
Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed
744 objects such as buildings and Building Codes
nonbuilding structures.
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the
745 provision of the code in the field Building official
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two
terraced flats or row houses so
746 Party Walls
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls
built at different times.
Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner
association for preliminary
747 Local Ordinances
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of
permits.
751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
316/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is 1 slot/family dwelling
317/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair. 0.19 mtr.
776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair. 2.75 mts.
778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms. 0.28 sqm.
780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system. 46.00 mts.
781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system. 61.00 mts.
782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building. 0.83 mtr.
785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly. 60 cms.
787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling. 2.00 mts.
789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs. 112 cms.
791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread. 76 cms.
798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads. 20.3 cms
318/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 15.25 cms.
803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building. 30.5 cms.
804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 2.13 mts.
807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings. 1.98 mts.
Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler
811 system for institutional use.
30 mts.
812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler. 30 mts.
813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler. 31 mts.
814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter. 2.5 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public
815 assembly building.
91 cms.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public
816 assembly building.
1.00 mtr.
817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building. 76 cms.
818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building. 1.80 mts.
819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions. 1.83 mts.
821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure. 112 cms.
319/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
825 occupancy.
Assembly
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
826 occupancy
Assembly
828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups. Picking rooms.
830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc. Explosive magazine
An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of
831 an air distribution system.
Plenum
833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air. Phyrophoric
834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion. Oxidizing material
835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension. Forging
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile
836 parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified Distillation
substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will
837 cause an explosion.
Dust
840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor. Boiling Point
The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to
843 form an ignitable mixture with air.
Flash Point
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents
844 or other pests.
Fumigant
845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles. 4.50 mts.
846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers. 1.80 mts.
320/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products. 3.70 mts.
848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence. 1.50 mts.
849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons. 15.00 mts.
850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit. 23.00 mts.
851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling. 3.00 mts.
Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a
854 balcony.
20.5 cms.
856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation. 112 cms.
858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition. 20
859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes. 61 cms.
860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50. 91 cms.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25
861 cms in dimension.
25 mm
863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above. 37.8 oC (100 oF)
The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is
864 known as.
Fire resistance rating
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid
865 drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.
Cryogenic
866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be. 30.50 mts.
867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall. Assembly
868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall. Institutional
869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall. Business
321/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store. 1.50 mts.
875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall. 3.66 mts.
877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies. 763 cms.
880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons. 112 cms.
881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below. 91 cms.
883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs. 25 mm.
884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs. 3.70 mts.
885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs. 112 cms.
889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp. No limit
890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp. 3.66 mts.
892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs. 55.9 cms.
893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape. 55.9 cms.
894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings. 30.5 cms.
322/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs. 3.66 mts.
896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities. 23 mts.
Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other
897 similar materials.
Class D
Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and
898 plastics.
Class A
A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
899 immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.
Dip Tank
901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way. Means of Egress
902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires. 5.00 mts.
904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall? Business
906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs. 22.9 cms.
907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder. 30.5 cms.
Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees
909 Celsius?
60 oC
910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back. 0.83 mtr.
911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind. 30 cms.
912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures. (1:8) 12.5%
913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building. 63.5 mm.
Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside
915 and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)
76.25 mts.
917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies. 82 cms.
323/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes. 2.44 mts.
919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care. 1.83 mts.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of
920 how many square meters?
465 sqm.
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more
921 than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.
Hotel
Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom
922 facilities, whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, Apartment Buildings
garden apartment,
923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system. 3
925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines RA 0386
926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils. RA 0544
324/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
CELLULOSE
953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material
NITRATE
COMBUSTIBLE
955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F
LIQUID
956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter CORROSIVE LIQUID
958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire DAMPER
959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less DISTILLATION
963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air FLASH POINT
964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions FORGING
325/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined HYPERGOLIC FUEL
OXIDIZING
967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion
MATERIAL
968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air PYROPHORIC
969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element REFINING
970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals SMELTING
983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation TYPE OF PAVEMENT
326/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit 20 sqm
1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom 1.80 m
327/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units 1.5
1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 6.00 m
1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys) 2.00 m
1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 10.00 m
1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 6.00 m
1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys) 1.00 m
1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units 36.00 sqm
328/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation 15%
1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3 one stairwell
1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles ALLEY
1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways BLOCK
1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units CLUSTER HOUSING
1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire FIREBLOCK
1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall FIREWALL
1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement PARTYWALL
329/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
50 sqm/10 units 3
1069 parks and playground
sqm/additional unit
1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm 100 sqm
1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function ACCESSIBLE
1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio GRADIENT OF RAMP
1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels RAMP
a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor
1080 THRESHOLD
materials meet
330/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches .90 m - 1.20 m
1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp 1.80 m
1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor 0.85 m
331/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him
1114 BUILDING PERMIT
proceed with the construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place
1115 CONSTRUCTION
of components of a building or structure
1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding ADDITON
a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to ANCILLARY
1124
that of the main building BUILDING
332/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
333/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
334/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income
Home Ins. & Guarantee
2 mass housing production
Corp. (HIGC)
Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial
4 capability of program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279). Affordable Cost
5 Architectural programming is one of the architects services that falls under Pre design
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of
7 Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute? Project Management
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, &
9 with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture; Consulting Architect
10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work Project representative
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the
11 project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish 98%
outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days
In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular
architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these
12 UAP doc. 202
services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
13 3 months
This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural
Post Construction
15 Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services.
Services
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on
16 Performance Bond
the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract
335/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the
19 provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made City Engineer
pursuant thereto
It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the
21 contract. Special Provisions
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architects approval
22 Contractor / 2
shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for
24 Open Specifications
materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.
establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties.
25 Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the Closed Specifications
specs writter or the architect
specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used Brand Name
26
for each specific work. Specifications
Combination
27 Combines two or more techniques.
Specifications
The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information
for commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and Master Format
30
section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information Specifications
about a facilitys construction requirements and associated activities
336/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Classes
A wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B flammable liquid and gases
31 Classes of Fire
C fire involving energized electrical equipment
D involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)
32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed) Dry Standpipe
the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when
36 Flash Point
exposed to flame
38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in Smokeproof Tower
develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized
housing projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross
41 BP 220
family income)
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling
units more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection
337/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the
mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in R.A. 7279 - Urban
resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic Development and
45
services, and employment opportunities; Housing Act
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the
following:
a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except
the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
48 Project Manual
parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications
invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms Bidding Requirements
49
supplements to bid
bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions
50 forms
general and
general conditions supplementary
52
conditions
(also called open), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the
choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
Performance
54 descriptive like a recipe to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
Secification
reference standard reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC
338/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors
57 multiple prime contract
favor this but make coordination difficult
used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs
58 many prime contracts
are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process
changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds,
General Conditions
61 correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract
Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure
it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for Construction
65
payments and administers the project closeout procedure Administration
illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work,
66 shop drawings
very detailed
physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and
67 Sample
workmanship
authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time.
69 Change Orders
Architect prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.
339/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule Substantial Completion
formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of Housing and Land Use
74 urban and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental Regulatory Board
protection (HLURB)
Home Development
75 provident savings fund for housing Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig
Fund)
National Home
generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market
76 Mortgage and Finance
system
Corporation (NHMFC)
National Housing
77 undertake housing development and resettlement
Authority (NHA)
National Housing
78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials
Corporation (NHC)
340/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
architects
no freebies responsibilities in
83 avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame relation to
agents, dealers
341/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
involves the use of a revolving fund
savings and excesses are shared with conditions Design Build by
50/50 split on savings guaranteed maximum
89
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.
Comprehensive
all in one
92 Architectural Services
fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
Bldg. permit
96 drawings, specifications and estimates
Requirements
lot plan
100 time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without
collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or fire resistance rating
exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire
342/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial Classification of
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Buildings by Use
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary
103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for 10% & 5 %
toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)
106 mezzanine
1.8m Ceiling height
343/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building) minor const.
of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or
120 bay or panel
division walls
121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space buildable area
122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person) dispersal area
123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground socalo
125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top Atrium
refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that
126 closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke automatic closing
detector.
three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge,
127 must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the egress system
building). These must lead to public way.
128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire non combustible
door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat
129 panic hardware
extends across at least of the the width of the door
131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation Construction Cost
the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical
construction of the permanent facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
132 Direct Cost
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not
344/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the
133 InDirect Cost
orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)
134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work Subcontract
inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part
135 Overhead
of the work
specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope;
events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
136 insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order) Contingencies
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in
conditions, abnormal weather)
the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material,
137 labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over Escalation
time.
earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted
138 Gross Profit
from sales of revenues
139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues Net Profit
143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment Overhead
144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost) Profit
indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and
145 bar chart
dependencies
graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they
critical path method
146 must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest
(cpm)
possible finishing time
345/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation After 65%
substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue
152 certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during After 98%
period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.
346/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40% Architects Fee
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200
1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
or an equal approved by the architect
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product.
Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same
as a single product except that more than one product is used. no other brand will be
156 Types of Specification
accepted
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description
specified may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name
specifications are open if the phrase or equal
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a
specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.
1. M-achines
2. M-oney
3. M-anpower
157 5 Ms of Construction
4. M-aterial
5. M-inutes
347/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
1. Proposal Fee 5%
2. Schematic Design 15%
3. Design Devt - 15%
159 Architects Fee for RDS
4. Contract Docs - 50%
5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%
1. Proposal Fee 5%
2. Prelim Drawings - 25%
160 3. Final Drawings - 50% Architects Fee for SAS
4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect
Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10%
(if residential proj.) + 7% = 17%
Design Build Services
163 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost
Fee
a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client.
However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%
164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates) Contractor
validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception
165 Building Permit
government structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost
166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment 7 Days
168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract. parol evidence rule
is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation
including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision
169 Adjudication
which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.
348/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be
evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct
170 Mutual agreement
manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a
requirement.
is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises
171 Bilateral Contract,
to the other party.
172 only one party to the contract makes a promise. Unilateral Contract
173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing Expressed Contract
174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words. Implied Contract
Implied in fact or
is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even
175 implied in law
though they have not done so expressly.
A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for
176 the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or Quasi-Contract
she is not required to compensate the other.
If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no Puff statement (sales
177
action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong talk):
A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the
179 Term Statement
person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.
180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project. Cost Estimate
is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for
181 Quantity Survey
a project, not yet considering their cost.
is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the
182 Productivity Estimates
productivity of the workers
is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each
183 Bill of Materials
item.
is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and
184 specifications of construction materials. Its aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use Value Engineering
of each material
is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible.
185 Detailed Estimate
Each component are often described with specifications
349/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components . Lumpsum
188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time Liquidated Damages
189 The ____ ethically can order a change during construction anytime Owner
190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation Liens
191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture Legally
The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the
192 contract The General Conditions
193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents: Bid Bulletin
The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
194 prepared Instructions to Bidders
By Guaranteed
195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:
Maximum Cost
Percentage of Gross
197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:
monthly Rentals
Multiple of Direct
198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:
Personnel Expense
Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
199 practice architecture Private
The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
202 certificate of registrations PRC
The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
203 Owner
350/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee
204 or prevent Force Majeure
The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct &
206 sense of moral values are formulated under the: UAP Doc. 200
Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
207 allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam: one
208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of: 2%-5% of Project cost
209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the: Architect
210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction Work
212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____ Notice to Proceed
213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____. Regulate
214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment: 3 months
The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
216 ____ projects Charitable
The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
217 project Architect
The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
218 contractors bonds. Surety
219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees. Payment
Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect
220 suspend work/terminated 10 days
contract?
351/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 Engineers and
226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to Architects Law Act no.
register as architects? 2986
352/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
Contract documents
245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.
phase
246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect. Pre-design services
Specialized allied
247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.
services
The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside
248 10%
from his fee for regular design services.
249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code. 10%
For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon
250 50%
submission of the final design.
When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared
251 85%
by the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.
The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert
252 PHP 500.00
witness shall be.
353/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building. 12%
254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 6%
255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos. 8%
The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the
257 3 months
date of final payment.
258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract. General conditions
Schedule of material
259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.
and finishes
A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work
261 Certificate of payment
accomplished.
A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in
262 Performance bond
accordance with the terms of the contract.
263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost. Bid
265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution. Closed specification
266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared. Instruction to bidders
The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration
267 2 months
of how many months from the final acceptance of the work.
268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment. 12 months / 1 yr
How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final
269 30 days
inspection of the project.
A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged
270 Statute of Limitation
damage or injury.
354/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute. Statutory Bond
A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless
272 Statute of Frauds
there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period
273 Lease
of time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.
275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessee
276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease. Lessor
277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense. 2-2.5
Multiple of Direct
278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.
Personnel Expenses
Percentage of
280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.
Construction Cost
This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and
Multiple of Direct
281 other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied
Personnel Expenses
services.
This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, Percentage of
282
and lawyers. Construction Cost
For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be
283 50 kms.
located to allow reimbursable expenses.
This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a Professional Fee Plus
284
series of projects. Expenses
The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of
285 Architect
the ___.
286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate. Letter of transmittal
287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect? 3
Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final
288 Contractor
occupancy permit.
355/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the
289 lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the 1
contractor for such works?
Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and
290 Owner
benchmarks?
Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of
291 the location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility Contractor
lines, and other similar works required by the contract.
Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right-
294 (1/6)
of-way?
At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to
295 2%
pay the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?
What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a
296 Civil Code
certain period of time.
What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is Per Diem+Reimb.
297
required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.? Expenses
298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract? Payment Bond
What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper
299 Lump Sum / Fixed Fee
works and is advantageous to both client and architect.
If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the
301 Project Manager
Construction Manager?
True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility
302 1
insofar as design and construction is concerned.
His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of
303 many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting Project Manager
cost and completion dates.
In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek
304 Public / People
opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?
305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals. PD 223
Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and
306 People / Public
years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?
356/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding. Bid Bulletin
The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made
308 Proposal
out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.
The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as
309 a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of Proposal Bond
the work, if the contract is awarded to him.
Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify
310 Special Provisions
drawings, specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode
311 Specifications
of construction.
Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the
314 Install
intended use.
No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent
317 50%
of the contract has been completed?
No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract
318 65%
price.
319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price? 30%
How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the
320 30%
preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?
321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts. 2.5
Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the
322 12 sqm.
contractor as temporary facilities for the project.
All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall
323 50 / Contractor
be done by the ___ at his own expense.
357/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to
325 15 Days
the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?
How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid
326 15 Days
reason?
Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no
327 90 Days
act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the
328 False (30 days)
contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration
True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any
329 False (15 days)
request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.
330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract? Contractor
True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that
331 materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and 1
rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.
True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses
332 1
incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.
True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work
333 0
from the contractor for failure to complete the project.
How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the
334 10 days
intention to cancel?
335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond? 15%
336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond? 15%
337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach. Penalty Clause
Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial 5,000 for First 50
338
centers, sports complex, resorts, etc. Hectares
340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning? PD 1308
341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation. Liens
358/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr. 500
Group 3 (Exceptional
349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?
Character)
Group 3 (Exceptional
350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?
Character)
351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office. PHP 750.00
Construction Phase
352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.
Service
Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how
353 5 days
many days after written notice by owner?
Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right
354 to remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the 10 days
expenses incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?
356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped. Civic Center
Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is
357 Chattel
less than a freehold.
No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the
358 Reciprocity
profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.
359/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in
362 PROPOSAL BOND (5%)
the contract with the owner
PERFORMANCE BOND
363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work
(15%)
364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations PAYMENT BOND
365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed GUARANTEE BOND
contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements
366 AGREEMENT
thereto and all general and special provisions
367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project INVITATION TO BID
list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for INSTRUCTION TO
369
the award of contract BIDDERS
GENERAL
371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract
CONDITIONS
instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings,
372 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
specifications and general conditions
written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and
373 mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or SPECIFICATIONS
ammendment to the provisions of specifications
SCHED. OF
374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used MATERIALS AND
FINISHES
BREAKDOWN OF
listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in WORK AND
375
materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead CORRESPONDING
VALUE
376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered. WRITTEN NOTICE
ACT OF GOD OR
377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature
FORCE MAJEURE
360/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project TIME LIMITS
379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities WORK
build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended
381 INSTALL
used
the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders
383 as a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the PROPOSAL / BID BOND
contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.
a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the
384 PERFORMANCE BOND
work in accordance with the terns of the contract
385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract. PAYMENT BOND
as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship
387 GUARANTEE BOND
performed by the contractor.
are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all
388 DRAWINGS
supplementary details and shop drawings.
are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and
389 SPECIFICATIONS
modes of construction
is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents
390 including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining AGREEMENT
to the work materials therefore
drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared
391 by the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated SHOP DRAWINGS
and/or installed.
the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for
393 ARBITRATION
judicial proceeding.
the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving
ADVERTISEMENT OR
394 information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract
INVITATION TO BID
documents & date of bidding
361/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding BID BULLETIN
the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions INSTRUCTION TO
396
for the award of contract BIDDERS
are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the
397 SPECIAL PROVISION
contract
a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of
398 PENALTY CLAUSE
the contract
399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc PROPOSAL
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
362/471
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
363/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
1
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes
Ammeter
2
. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes Amperage
3
On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously. Blackout Switch
4 The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device
protecting the circuit Feeder Line
5 An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid
underground. Cable Vault
8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only Direct Current
9 In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in
manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground. Grounding Wire
11 A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes. Electric current
16 What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source? diffuser
365/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
29
instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor ohmmeter
366/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
64 What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp 2-s3w and 1-s4w
or group of lamps in three different locations?
65 It characterizes short circuit Low resistance, high
current
66 A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings Cable tray
forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
67 Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following Silver
except___.
68 It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area All of the above
c. Temperature
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center. Panelboard
367/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
77 A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an Non metallic sheathed
outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic cable (type NM and
material. NMC)
78 Cables are conductors that are ____.
a. Larger than wires Both a and b
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)
85
The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity AMPERE
87
A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged
KNIFE SWITCH
and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them
88
Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA TRANSFORMER VAULT
90 RAPID START
A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element FLOURESCENT LAMP
91
An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed JUNCTION BOX
92 A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum 5 STOREYS
93 Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground 3.00 m
94 Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way 500 mm
95
A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces AIR CURTAIN
97
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected DISTRIBUTION LINE
368/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
98
The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit 1.20m
99
Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on PLUG IN TYPE
100
The most practical conductor of electricity COPPER WIRE
102
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted
CABLE WIRE
together
103
Another name for power panel DISTRIBUTION PANEL
104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa TRANSFORMER
105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum NON FERROUS METAL
106 The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop
2.50m
conductor from NBC
107 STEP DOWN
To bring down voltage TRANSFORMER
108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure OPEN WIRING
109 Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
brownout SWITCH
110
One with contacts that separate in air AIR SWITCH
112 Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose
ARMORED CABLE
of mechanical protection
113 A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc
ASKAREL
evolves only non-explosive gases
114 Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus,
ASSEMBLY
mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined
115
Minimum load over a given period of time BASE LOAD
116 That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device
BRANCH CIRCUIT
protecting the current
117 Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a BUS
common connection for two or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
118 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAY
carry
System fault
of current andforming
conductor to withstand the magnetic
an essentially forces ofconducting
continuous the current network over the
119 object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object CAGE
protected and an adequate ground
120 A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury CIRCUIT BREAKER
itself
121 A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric CONDUCTOR
current
122
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner,
CONTROLLER
the electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected
369/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
123 A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by CORONA
voltage gradient exceeding a certain critical value
124 A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted CUT OUT BOX
125 Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total
DEMAND FACTOR
connected load of the system
126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power ELECTRIC MOTOR
129
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of
FEEDERS
an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device
130 Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a
FOOTCANDLE
surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
131 An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and FUSE
severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it
132
Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered GENERAL LIGHTING
133
Density of the luminous flux on a surface ILLUMINATION
134 Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between
KNIFE SWITCH
stationary contact blades when closed
135
Artificial source of light LAMP
136
Device for mechanical support of light LAMPHOLDER
138 Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing LIGHTNING ARRESTER
surge current
139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning LIGHTNING SURGE
141 Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring LOAD FACTOR
in that period
142 Unit of luminous flux LUMEN
143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment OUTLET
145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle OUTLET BOX
146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time PEAK LOAD
147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord PENDENT
148 Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating PILOT WIRE
apparatus at a distant point
149
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling
PULLBOX
in the conductors and the distributing of the conductors
370/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
151 Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an RECEPTACLE
attachment plug
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
152 pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and RIGID METAL CONDUIT
thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the
153 Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for
ROSETTE
connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
154
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
SERVICE DROP
splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building
155
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
157
Is a transient variation in the current potential or power SURGE
158 Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a
5.5 mm2
30 ampere rating
159 SINGLE PHASE TO
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the
SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING
secondary circuit is short LOAD
SINGLE PHASE TO
160 SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE
This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits LIGHTING AND POWER
LOAD
161 The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, SINGLE PHASE FOR
this connection is used for small industrial applications POWER
162 Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the TWO PHASE
common wire must carry /2 times the load current CONNECTIONS
163 This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load DELTA-DELTA FOR
simultaneously POWER AND LIGHTING
164 This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the OPEN DELTA FOR
power load LIGHTING AND POWER
165 Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to
Y DELTA FOR POWER
increase its potential capacity
166
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed
The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING
phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This AND POWER
connection requires special watt-hour metering
167 When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced
OPEN Y DELTA
load
168 The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
in any one bank AND POWER
169 The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
capacity of the system POWER
170 When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the Y-Y AUTO
most economical way of stepping down the voltage TRANSFORMER
171 SCOTT CONNECTION
In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system 3PHASE TO 2PHASE
172 If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the SCOTT CONNECTED
special tap must be provided on the secondary side 2PHASE TO 3PHASE
371/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
173 Thermoplastic T
185 POLYETHELENE PE
186
SILICON ASBESTOS SA
188
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire FIXED TEMPERATURE
190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or PHOTO ELECTRIC
diode DETECTOR
191
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered INFRARED FLAME
when IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame DETECTOR
192 Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized
IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT
sampling
193 chamber to detect fire DETECTOR
194 Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used
ARMOR CABLE (AC)
both on exposed and concealed work
195
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and
enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)
of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work
196
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed
refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. MINERAL INSULATED
This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or CABLE (MI)
branch circuit
197
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture
NON METALLIC SHEATED
resistant, flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used CABLE (NM)
specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building
372/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
198
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded SHIELDED NON
core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral METALLIC SHEATED
metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways CABLE (SNM)
199
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in UNDERGROUND FEEDER
the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated AND BRANCH CIRCUIT
conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic (UF) POWER AND
sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by CONTROL TRAY CABLE
messenger wire (TC)
200
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY
designed especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways (FC)
201
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and
enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such FLAT CONDUCTOR
as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard smooth CABLE (FCC)
continous floor surfaces and the like
202
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. MEDIUM VOLTAGE
This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts CABLE (MV)
203
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each TELEPHONE TERMINAL
floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable CABINET
204 Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave
TELECOMMUNICATION
links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured SYSTEM
cabling and similar devices
205
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at START, 3-WAY SWITCH AT
three points MIDPOINT AND SINGLE
POINT SWITCH AT END
206
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover
POWER AND CONTROL
ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in TRAY CABLE TYPE
raceways or in supported by a messenger wire
207
Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees RH
208
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high
METAL HALIDE
illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work
209
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required SCOTT CONNECTION 2
from a two phase system PHASE TO 3 PHASE
211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside ILLUMINATED SWITCH
373/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
212
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
85 amperes
w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
213 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits
DRAWINGS
(drawing)
214
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
15 amperes
w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
215
PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS
LONG AS BOTH BURIAL
DEPTH OF NO LESS
Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS
PROVIDED
216
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck 5.500 mm
traffic and over 600 volts to ground
217
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAYS
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
218
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
metal pipe of standard width and thickness
219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load 120/240 VOLTS
220
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates
WINDMILL
froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity
221 A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to
PANEL BOARD
concentrate
222
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to
SINGLE PHASE
zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed
223
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to
TWO PHASE
each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be ALTERNATING CURRENT
produced and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero
224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable 2.2, 30, 8, 14
226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations THW
227 Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts CIRCUIT VENT
as a vent
228
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the
circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly CIRCUIT BREAKER
applied within its rating
374/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors SERVICE RACEWAY
230
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
2400 volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system POWER
231
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
24 AMPERE
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
232
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
233
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
234
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
235
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with
3.5 sq.m
20 ampere rating
236
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
45 Amperes
w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
237 A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference CIRCUIT
between it
238 PRESSURIZED WATER
A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres REACTOR
239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy DEVICE
240
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to BUSWAYS
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
241
Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco 60 CYCLES
243
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
SERVICE DROP
the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building
244
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by BOILING WATER
operating at somewhat low pressure REACTOR
245
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each
BALANCE LOADING
of the three phase with this objective to attain
246
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system
CABLE TRAYS
used to support cables
375/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
247 A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power.
OPEN DELTA FOR
This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the LIGHTING AND POWER
power load
248
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
phase resulting into unbalanced primary AND POWER
249
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit
ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL
its use at exposed weather or excessive moisture
250
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings THREE PHASE
set at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave ALTERNATING CURRENT
251
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies POROUS ABSORBENT
253
Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second HERTZ
254
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks
SINGLE PHASE
to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds ALTERNATING CURRENT
depending on the frequency of the machine is designed
259 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits DRAWINGS
(drawing)
260 A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN Pre requisite in use of
CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm split knob and tube wiring
261 A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference CIRCUIT
between it
262
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest
6000mm to 7600mm
for an effective disaster prevention in building
263
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck 5500 mm
traffic and over 600 volts to ground
264 Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
3500mm
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
265
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
24 amperes
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment
376/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
266
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
30 amperes
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load
267 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees 85 amperes
w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
268 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 45 amperes
degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
269
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees
15 amperes
w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW
270
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
5.5 sq.mm
circuit with 30 ampere rating
271 Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit
3.5 sq.m
with20 ampere rating
272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance 30 amperes
273 A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will
Automatic Transfer
automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during
Switch (ATS)
electrical power failure.
274
Moisture resistant, in
TW in electrical wire specification means.
wet anddry location
275
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower
Specific Lighting
arrangements, etc.
278
The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type. Infra Red
279
Pvt. Automatic Branch
PABX or PBX means.
Exchange
280
Farad is the unit capacity of a ___. Capacitor
281
Another name for distribution panel. Power Panel
282
Standard size of wire for a circuit line. No. 12
283
Standard size of wire for a switch line. No. 14
284
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency. Phase
377/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
285
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured,
Thermosetting
and does not soften when reheated.
286
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using 5.5 sqmm
287
Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway. 5.5 sqmm
288
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco. 60 Cycles
289
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
Service Drop
splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.
290
Telecommunication
The simplest type of building automation system.
System
291
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or Fixed Temperature
292
metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire. Heat Detector
293
A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems. PABX
294
Resistance in alternating current system. Impedance
295
The reciprocal of conductance. Resistance
296
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the
Busway
enclosure, also called Busduct.
297
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying,
Bus
and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.
298 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in
completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed Busway
to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.
299
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature. Passive Infrared
300
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam. Light Beam
301
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern. Ultrasonic
378/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
302 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of
raceways or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the Pull Box
enclosed conductors.
303
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from
Microwave
movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
304
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or Passive Infrared with
305
Ultrasonic (or
Microwave system.
Microwave)
306
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered,
Proximity / Capacitance
caused by intrusion.
307
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a
Metal Halide Lamp
mixture of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
308
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it
Mercury Lamp
produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.
309
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the Tungsten Halogen
bulb reacts with chemically with tungsten. Lamp
310
High-Pressure-Sodium
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
(HPS)
311
Building with fire alarm and suppression system. Intelligent Building
312
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on
Air Terminal
the upper part of a structure.
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
379/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
380/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
381/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
3
NATIONAL PLUMBING
NPCP refers to:
CODE OF THE PHILS.
4
Its complete RA no: IRA 1378
5 BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN
What is the meaning of BOD?
DEMAND
6 Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be
WATER SEAL TRAP
equipped with __________.
7 Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
INSTALLING
fixtures and other apparatus.
8
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental ENVIRONMENTAL
Engineering? PROTECTION
9 This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that NATIONAL STANDARD
is governed by set of rules PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)
10 In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
PLUMBING APPRENTICE
___________ laws.
11 What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
RENAISSANCE PERIOD
was plagued with epidemics.
12 Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
other surfaces through fixture usage.
13
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing GRECO-ROMAN
became more defined and appreciated? CIVILIZATION
20 This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18, SANITARY ENGINEERING
1955. LAW
21 The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
DOMESTIC SEWAGE
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.
22
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
28-Jun-55
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?
23 When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated? 17th CENTURY
382/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
29
Liquid only, fixtures other than WC WASTE PIPE
30 GRAVITATIONAL FLOW
is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.
METHOD
31 In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS
periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir. OF PUMP
32 In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath SERVICE HEADERS
sidewalks.
33 ____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
PRIMARY FEEDERS
skeleton of the distribution system.
34 ____________ is used for city water pipes. CAST IRON PIPES
383/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
384/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
91
A pipe venting acid waste system. ACID VENT
95 COMBINATION PUBLIC
Considered as the oldest type of sewer.
SEWER
96 Minimum width for septic tank. 0.90m
385/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
101 How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and 50%
subject to rotting.
102
TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m 1
103
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a
1
house.
104 TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m 1
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
105 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the FIXTURE DRAIN
junction of the drain pipe?
106 An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
WATER
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
107 What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,
ABSORPTION
usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
108 This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested INSIDE STORM DRAIN
business areas.
109 It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water
STORM DRAIN
to a satisfactory terminal.
110
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the
portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof ROOF LEADER
terminal
111 This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN
amount of ground space between buildings is available.
112
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.
113 This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in INSIDE STORM DRAIN
congested business areas.
114 What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
STORM DRAIN
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?
115 SOIL, WASTE AND VENT
Rainwater piping should not be used as:
PIPE
116
Roof drains shall not be made of __________. IRON
117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____ OUTSIDE WALL OF THE
BUILDING
118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________ WITHIN THE BUILDING
WALLS
119 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the FIXTURE DRAIN
junction of the drain pipe?
120 All storm drains should be graded at least INCH PER FOOT
121 This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer COMBINATION HOUSE
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant. SEWER
122 The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the
building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________ VERTICALLY,
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of HORIZONTALLY
expansion and contraction of the roof.
123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal GUTTER
386/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
124 Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of LIQUID
time to allow settle able material to deposit
125 TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies
1
according to its length and grade per foot.
126 TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain 1
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
127 TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the 0
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
128
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at
right angles by means of a 45 Y and curve assembled in exactly the 1
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.
129
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of
1
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45 fitting.
130 TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided
1
with a concrete or stone foundation.
131 TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized 1
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
132
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from
0
band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure
133
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through
the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
1
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.
134
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the 1
conductor.
135
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint 1
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.
136
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a
1
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.
139 What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a BALL COCK
ball floating on the surface of water?
140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes? BRASS PIPE
141 What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to COPPER PIPE
corrosion?
142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet? FIXTURE
143 What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage CAST IRON PIPES
installation in buildings?
144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes? FIXTURES
387/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
148 The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings LESS THAN 25-STORIES
______stories in height.
149
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-
It is a non-metallic plumbing material?
PRESSURE SEWER PIPE
156 A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm
water, waste water or sewage Drain
157
The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical Invert
158
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement Privy
159 The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom
of the tank Sludge
160 A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for
reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal Vent Pipe
161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste Sewer Pipe
162 All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not
less than ____ percent 2%
163
All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg. Bends
164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown Crown weir
165
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes. Coupling
166
Level 3 types of water service refers to: artesian well
167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap: lavatory faucet
168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is: water (potability)
169
The minimum size of a swimming pool drain: 2dia
170
Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for: coagulant
388/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
171
The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by: schedule
172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water: elbow
174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank. 15 m.
175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe nipple
fittings:
176 Prevents water hammer: Float Valve
177 Theater or movie houses water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons total number of auditorium
of water per day : seat
178
. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of: water pipe
181 The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or
behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the Back vent pipe
fixture trap:
182 The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an
1 per 35
elementary school:
183
The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet: 2" dia.
184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter waste pipe
185
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping: stack
186
The minimum slope of a building drain: 1/16 in./ft.
187
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal: 2" dia.
188
The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall: 2" dia.
189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath: 2" dia.
190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for: Gas Pipe
191 The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both 1 per 30
elementary and secondary school:
192 The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:
black
193
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite
screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal Turnbackle
rods and regulate the length and tension of this rods:
194 The first section of water supply piping in a Water distributing pipe
building after the water meter.
389/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
200
These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets. soil stack
201
vertical pipe used for the storage of water standpipe
203
accumulated or settled solid waste sludge
204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water water hammer
lines.
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole escutcheon
206
end of a pipe that fits into a bell spigot
207
backflow due to negative pressure back siphonage
208 What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing
vent stack
circulation of air to and from any part of the drainage system?
209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects fumigant
210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets soil stack
211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction. check valve
390/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.
231 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and Polyethylene
polybutylene.
232 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the Corporation Stop
connection at the water main.
233 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air Relief Vent
between drainage and vent system
234 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a Escutcheon
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting. Developed Length
236 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of Flush Valve
fixture.
237 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable Sewage
matter in suspension or solution.
238 Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide
239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Storm Sewer
240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2'
243 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type 3/8"
water closet.
244 Term applied to the interconnection of the same
Battery of Fixtures
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
245 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case Common Vent
of a back to back vent.
246 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service 4"
connection.
247 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more 4"
than 15 meters from the source.
248 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is 6"
venting.
249 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary Plumbarius
field of ancient Rome.
391/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
252 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged Sanitary Sewer Main
directly to the nearest ___.
253 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage Fixture
system with which they are connected.
254 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located 2 1/2"
at each floor.
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent
258 Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during Ionization
the incipient stage.
259 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used Bibbcock
as a draw-off tap.
260 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a Top Dip to Crown Weir
trap.
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend
262 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower 2"
stall.
263 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal 3
urinal.
264 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each 3m
section of plumbing for water test.
265 How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for 3 days
inspection.
266 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy 15 minutes
said testing.
267 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings 8%
safe for humans.
268 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on 300 mm
top of the other.
392/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.
277 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the 15 cms.
roof
278 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above 300 mm
any other vertical surface.
279 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any 0.90 mtr.
openable window or opening.
280 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck 2.10 mts.
where it is protruded.
281 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from 3.00 mts.
weather.
393/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
309 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base Wye and 1/8 Bend
of a soil stack?
310 The first section of water supply piping in a building after the Water distributing pipe
water meter.
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub. Full bath
318 A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or Riser
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
394/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
319 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent Stack
piping.
320 The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company Water main
where local individual connection is done.
321 A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from cesspool
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
322 The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water plumbing
and waterborne waste.
323 That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate Building sewer
point of disposal.
324 A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the Ball valve
valve body.
332 A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less Backpressure
than the atmospheric pressure.
333 A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste Waste stack
free of fecal matter.
334 A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply Water distributing pipe
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
395/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
335 Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or
fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from Soil pipe
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer
338 A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last CIRCUIT VENT
fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stack
339 A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both
fixtures
COMMON VENT
340 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
341 A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect CONTINOUS VENT
342 A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up DRY VENT
of waste from a drainage pipe
343 See common vent DUAL VENT
344 A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps GROUP VENT
345 A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the INDIVIDUAL VENT
fixture served or terminates in the open air
346 A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT
347 Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the
originating waste or soil stack
348 Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed LOCAL VENT
from a room fixture
349 The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected MAIN VENT
350
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and
RELIEF VENT
vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound
351 An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps UNIT VENT
352
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected
STACK VENT
to the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof
354 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of YOKE VENT
preventing pressure changes in the stack
355
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of
BACKFLOW
a supply of water from any source other than its intended source
356 Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to BACK SIPHONAGE
negative pressure
357 Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
common horizontal waste or soil branch
358 A flange that is not drilled BLANK FLANGE
359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water BLIND FLANGE
396/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits COUPLING
362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned UNION
363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings NIPPLE
364 Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are DEAD END
made on the extended portion
365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting DEVELOPED LENGTH
366
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often
liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer DRAINAGE SYSTEM
system or private or or public sewerage treatment
368 Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets
FLOOD LEVEL
and and similar fixture
369 A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be
FERRULE
removed for the purpose of cleaning
370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical INVERT
371
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and
PLUMBING SYSTEM
vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections
372 Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the
ROUGH IN
installation of fixtures
373 A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
hydrant or to the same nozzle
374
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar
SOIL PIPE
function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain
375 Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the
TRAP SEAL
crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap
376 Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low
WATER RESERVOIR
yielding water well
377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer SHOCK RELIEF AND
EXPANSION CHAMBER
378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault 50 FEET OR MORE
379
Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer 2 PERCENT
380
A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water CULVERT
381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water BLACK WATER
382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing RECESSED
397/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
385 The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage
TRAP OR WATER SEAL
system
386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof 2.50 M
387 A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its
COMPRESSION VALVE
seat
388 An underground tank reservoir to store water CISTERN
389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
390 Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of PRESSURE COCK
water
391 A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure PRESSURE REDUCING
fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level VALVE
392 A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling UNION PATENT
of the connection when needed
393 A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing FLUSHOMETER
purposes and is activated by direct water pressure
394 Another name for corporation cock CORPORATION STOP
395 A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a
AIR TRAP
seal against the passages of gases and odors
396 A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic ABSORPTION TRENCH
tank effluent may flow covered with earth
397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface ILLUMINATION
398 An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain CATCH BASIN
through sewer
399 A type of fitting for yoke bent WYE FITTING
400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub 1 1/2"
401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain 150mm DIAMETER
398/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
424
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed
SIPHON-VORTEX
through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl
425 Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through
the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl SIPHON-JET
through the trapway
426 Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water
REVERSE TRAP
surface area are smaller
427
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and
WASH DOWN
emptying through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes
428 Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out BLOW OUT
429 A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of BIDET
the body
430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" GI PIPE SIZES
431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter 19.05mm or 3/4"
432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 46 cm.
433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor 122cm
434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 61 cm.
435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line 122 cm
436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall 5 FEET
437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain 1/4" BEND ?
438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m 51mm or 2"
439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m 64mm or 2 1/2"
399/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:25
443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school RATIO OF 1:30
445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places RATIO OF 1:75
447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings 4 CLOSETS
448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test 3 HEADS
461 A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which
ON EVERY HOSE BIBB
of the following does NOT require it?
462
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service
DRY STANDPIPE
inlet and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service
463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building WATER SERVICE PIPE
INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE
464 Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture OF THE WATER SERVICE AND
is simultaneously opened? DISTRIBUTION PIPE
465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE 1 "
468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts 64mm or 2 "
469 Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE
total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?
400/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
470 A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water
temperature temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at 3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER
the fooe spout
471 Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are
BALL VALVE
beautiful and maintenance free
472
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a
132 LITERS PER MINUTE
residual pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts
473 A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an ELBOW REDUCER
angle
474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS
475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing) 2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND
COMBINATION
476
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent
CIRCUIT VENT
pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack
477 Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally
REVERSE OSMOSIS
dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained
478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point FIXED TEMPERATURE
479
solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F HEAT DETECTOR
480
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three
COUPLING
inches
481
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution
PRESSURE REGULATOR
system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi
482
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a WRONG CHOICE OF VENT
plumbing system TYPE
483 A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
where
484 water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return jet,jack,reciprocating
pipe
485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5" 5"
486 Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at URINAL FLASH VALVE
higher pressure ASSEMBLY
487 Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or
TAIL PIECE or DEAD END
branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap
488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater CHECK VALVE
489
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm
AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE
type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote PILLAR SYSTEM
control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control
401/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
492 Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND
distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ", ", 1", 1 ", 1 FITTINGS AND FITTINGS
" and 2"
493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes UPVC DWV SANITARY
495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe ASBESTOS PIPE
496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER Shower set for bath (drawing)
497 Pipe not used as water service pipe FIBER CEMENT PIPE
498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system GATE VALVE
499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source 64mm or 2 1/2"
500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line 61 cms
504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet 3/8"
505 The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent 6 FEET
inlet at the trap
506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch 2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2
X 1/8 BEND
507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside COUPLING REDUCER
508 A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last CIRCUIT VENT
fixture of the battery
509 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the JET
surface
510 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a RECIPROCATING
submerge piston
511
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
CENTRIFUGAL
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.
513 A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water BELL REDUCER
distribution
514 PE POLYETHELENE PIPE
515 General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES
plumbing fixture
516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor 38 mm (1 1/2")
518 The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level 6"
rim of the fixture
519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet 1 1/2"
402/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
521 A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 COUPLING
inches
522 Location that does not require installation of clean out AT EVERY BRANCH
INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK
523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent BATTERY OF FIXTURE
524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture COMMON VENT
526 Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged SOIL PIPE
from other fixture to the house drain
527 Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less 102 mm (4")
from the Fire service Connection
528 In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD
required working pressure
529 System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and
fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, PLUMBING SYSTEM
the storm water drainage with their devices
530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source 64 mm (2 1/2")
531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting 6"
532 Common term for a two way service connections SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve BALL
534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND,
535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"
COMBINATION
536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration 12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR
537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR
540 A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
return pipe
541 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a
RECIPROCATING
submerge piston
542 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
JET
surface
543
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at CENTRIFUGAL
the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below
544
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against
JACK
450 ft. total develop height
403/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
545 A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water Lawn Sprinkler System
droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.
546
Minimum width of a septic tank. 90 cms.
547
Minimum length of a septic tank. 1.50 mts.
548
Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank. 60 cms.
549
Maximum liquid depth for septic tank. 1.80 mts.
550
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank. 1 cum.
551
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank. 508 mm.
552 Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more
1.50 mts.
than 6 cubic meters.
553
Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false. 0
554
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank. 15.20 mts.
555
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool. 45.70 mts.
556
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field. 30.50 mts.
557
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts. 26
558
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 51 mm.
559
Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap. 102 mm.
560
Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture. 60 cms.
561
Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof. 15 cms.
562 Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake,
0.90 mtr.
or vent shaft.
563
Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub 38 mm. (11/2")
564
Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall. 51 mm. (2")
565
Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35. 3
404/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
566
Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35. 2
567
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50. 1
568
Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100. 4
569
Classifications of copper pipes. Rigid and Flexible
570
A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool. Burr
571
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as. House Drain
572
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene. Polyethylene
573
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system. Relief Vent
574
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass. Escutcheon
575
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture. Flush Valve
576
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution. Sewage
577
Component of fire extinguisher. Carbon Monoxide
578
Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers. Strom Sewer
579
Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor. 1 1/2" (38mm)
580
A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent. 1/8 Bend
581
Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet. 1 1/2"
582
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet. 3/8"
583
True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 1
584
True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply. 0
585 Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch
Battery of Fixtures
with one branch vent.
586
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent. Common Vent
405/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
587 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or
4" (102mm)
less from the fire service connection.
588
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source. 4" (102mm)
589 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works
Ball Valve
by the principle of a ___.
590
Treats hard water. Zeolite
591
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting. 6" (150mm)
592
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome. Plumbarius
593
In Latin, it means 'lead'. Plumbum
594 A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of
one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe Combination Waste
adequately
595
sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain. and Vent system
596
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain
597
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces. Air curtain
598
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___. Sanitary Sewer Main
599 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a
Fixture
drainage system with which they are connected.
600
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor. 2 1/2" (64mm)
601
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack. Circuit Vent
602
A vent pipe connected to a stack vent. Loop Vent
603
Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure. Barometer
604
Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage. Ionization
605
Condensing unit is a part of a ___. Refrigeration
606
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap. Bibbcock
607
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap. Top Dip to Crown Weir
406/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
608
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'. Double Bend
609
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall. 2"
610
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal. 3"
611
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school. (1:30)
612
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school. (1:25)
613
Ratio of urinals for elementary school. (1:75)
614
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places. (1:75)
615 Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings
4
serving 55 occupants for employees.
616 Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the
(1:5)
ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.
617
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test. 3
618 How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done
3
after written notice for inspection.
619 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water
15 minutes
test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.
620 Atmospheric Vacuum
Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.
Breaker
621
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans. 8%
622 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain
300 mm
pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.
623 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater,
300 mm
conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.
624
Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals. 4'
625
Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees. 60
626 True or false, 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical
1
position.
627 Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless
1
such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.
628 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in
0.305 mtr. / 305 mm
diameter.
407/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
629
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia. 0.45 mtr. / 450 mm
630 Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or
6.10 mts.
crawl hole.
631
Maximum length of a tailpiece. 600 mm
632
Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting. 4.60 mts.
633 True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used
1
underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.
634
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof. 150 mm / 15 cms.
635
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface. 300 mm
636
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening. 0.90 mtr.
637
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded. 2.10 mts.
638 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes
3.00 mts.
aside from protection from weather.
639
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack. 10
640
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water. Softening
641
True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe. 1
642 Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
Upfeed System / Direct
applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and
Method
minimum required working pressure.
643
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack? Wye and 1/8 Bend
644
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit Energy Efficiency Rating
for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy? (EER)
645
Women's urinal fixture. Washdown
646 True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or
1
adapter.
647
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple
Washdown (WD)
washout action through a small irregular passageway.
648
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller
Reverse Trap (RT)
trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.
408/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
649
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces
Blowout (BO)
contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.
650 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It
Siphon Vortex (SV)
scours bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.
651 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim
Siphon Jet (SJ)
and through the down leg.
652
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim
Siphon Vortex (SV)
to create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.
653
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action
Siphon Jet (SJ)
initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.
654 A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and
Reverse Trap (RT)
trapway.
655
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes. Washdown (WD)
656 The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a
Water Hammer
pipe suddenly stops or loses momentum.
657
The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings. Developed Length
658
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage. Gate Valve
659
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall. Globe Valve
660
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant. Effluent
661
The centerline of pipe. Spring Line
662
The interior top surface of a pipe. Crown
663
The interior bottom surface of a pipe. Invert
664
Color code for pipes containing acid. Black
665
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and
major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an Riser Diagram
electrical version of a vertical section taken through the building.
666
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white,
Teflon
soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
667
668
409/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
410/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
411/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
2 A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air
it is distributed to an air conditioned space. AHU (Air Handling Unit)
3 A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its
normal limit of travel Bumper
4 The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door
to the floor at the bottom of the hoist way. Elevator Landing
5 When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical
clearance of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical
610 mm.
part.
6 There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___
below the sill of the pit access door 660 mm
7
Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____ 1220 mm
8
Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings. Air-conditioning
9
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related
elevator
hoisting and lowering mechanisms.
10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure. boiler
11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory conveyor
12 Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by
compressor
mechanical means.
13 A device that maintains, control of the indoor environmentits desirable temperature,
humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial air-conditioning
materials that are handled or stored there.
14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means. alternator
15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called generator
16 Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact
with an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion cooling tower
is cooled.
17
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting
dumbwaiters
relatively small articles between levels.
18
Gives stability to governor ropes. counter weight
19
Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight? guide rails
20 Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite
counterweight
ends of the cables to car is fastened.
21
Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight? shaft
412/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom. governor
23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel? buffer
24 A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree? humidifier
25
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central
locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of centralized air con
fans and pumps through duct and pipes.
26
Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser compressor
27
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or
hydraulic elevator
plunger?
29 It is a three section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving
Truss
stairway component
30
In electric elevator machine room is located at the pent house
32 The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected
of a system or the part of a system under consideration is called demand factor
39 It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in Conduction
contact with each other.
40 Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, Dampers
or other air handling equipment.
41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant? freon
45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as? insulation
413/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
50
device to control the thermostat relay
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes Closed nipple
57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat condenser
58 It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel gearless traction
and driving sheave.
59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water hydronics
60
steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights hoistropes
414/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
87 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the Limit Switches
highest and lowest floor.
88 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object Handrail Guard
becomes wedged at the guard. Switches
89 In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
off positions to stop or Disconnect Switch
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
90 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit Mechanical
location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator Maintenance Locking
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance. Device
91 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically Current Overload Safety
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor. Switch
92 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for Knife Switch
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
93 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 Ton of Refrigeration
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
94 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
Sheave
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
95 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop Governor
an elevator.
96 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand Counterweight
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
415/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
102 The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system Method of cooling
except _______.
103 A transformer is ______. A mechanical device used to
step up or step down voltage
in ac
105 The following are ways in which heat may be transferred Polarization
except____.
106 The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an 3 section truss
escalator.
107 Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ducts
b. Has cooling tower
c. Provided with air handling unit All of these
d. All of these
118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system BUGLARS AND
PROWLERS
119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building AIR DUCT
416/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
122
Color coding of piping for fuel oil division BLACK
123 A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car DUMBWAITER
excusively for carrying materials
124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied HUMIDIFIER
125
The average consumption of water per capita 50 GALS.
126 An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes THERMOSTAT
of temperature of the space
127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling BULLDOZER
earth
128 ACOUSTICAL LAY IN
The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system PANEL
129
The total sound units provided by a given material DECIBEL
130
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector 135-197 F
131 Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube REAR OR TOP
either from these places
132
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat SOUND ABSORPTION
133
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from
SOUND INSULATION
passing through the members into adjoining room
134 The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a
LUX
one square meter surface
135
Level of subterrenean water WATER TABLE
136
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the
AIR HANDLING UNIT
air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space
137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time TRAVEL TIME
141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates FREIGHT ELEVATOR
142 Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize BUFFER
building shocks to the car
143 That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest PIT
landing floor of the hoistway
144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a WINDING DRUM MACHINE
drum
145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight GUIDE RAILS
146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car 600mm
147 When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a FOR REPAIR AND
sufficient room for this INSPECTION
417/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding 2 HOISTWAYS
151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators 2 HOISTWAYS
156 A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
CIRCUIT BREAKER
over current
157 During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the
OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
door from the outside
158 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re
SAFETY SHOE
opens the door
159
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
160 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
161 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
MAGNETIC BREAK
rope to operate the safety gear
162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
163
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its
GOVERNOR
rated speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely
167
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts CIRCUIT BREAKER
from over current
168 During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to
OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
open the door from the outside
169
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and SAFETY SHOE
re opens the door
170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
418/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
171
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator DOOR LOCK SWITCH
will open only when the car stops at the floor
172
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and MAGNETIC BREAK
grasp the rope to operate the safety gear
173
Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
174 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has
LIMIT SWITCH
reached the designated end of travel course
175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator 35 degrees
179
Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade TEMPERED TYPE GLASS
180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination 38 mpm
183
No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall 1 meter
184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius 5.00 mts
185
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve 2 CHECK VALVES
188
Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr TWO SAFETY VALVE
190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling 68deg-74deg F
191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building 2.30 meters ABOVE THE
FLOOR
192
Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs. STOP VALVES
193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors 2.13 meters
194
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify
FAN COIL UNIT
and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space
1.5 TIMES MORE THAN
195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building THE ELEVATOR CAR
DEPTH
419/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
196
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on DOWN COLLECTIVE
while descending CONTROL
197
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on UP COLLECTIVE
while ascending CONTROL
200 When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are ONE IN FRONT OF THE
arrange in banks OTHER
201
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand 1120;980;800;760
202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand 1150;1100;1000;900
203
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
building automation system to close in case of fire within the area DAMPERS
205
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard 12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON
room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain OF REFRIGERATION
206
International Standard and
PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH
EN 81.1 Code in designing
THE MACHINE ROOM a machine room
207 STANDARD
INSTALLATION OF
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE
ESCALATOR NOT
BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./
TRUSS
208
Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
EXPANDED
209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out POLYTHELYNE FOAM
INSULATION
210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART
211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system COOLING TOWER
212 Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat SEASONAL ENERGY
moved per watt of electrical input energy EFFICIENCY
213
TONS OF
Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower REFRIGERATION
214 A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to THERMOSTAT
activate a switch
215 A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or BUFFER
counterweight safely
420/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
216
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of
heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an MONITORING CONTACTS
escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal ON STEP CHAIN
mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
217 A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
CIRCUIT BREAKER
over current
218 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re SAFETY SHOE
opens the door
219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors AIR CURTAIN
220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed WAIT INTERVAL
221 Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its EVAPORATORS CANNOT
efficiency and performance BE LOCATED AT CEILING
222 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
only when the car stops at the floor
223
Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
224 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
MAGNETIC BREAK
rope to operate the safety gear
225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space FOR CAR OVERRUN
226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the LIMIT SWITCH
228
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream
FAN COIL UNIT
injected into the conditioned space
229 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance Latent Heat
without changing its temperature.
230 Two types of passenger elevator. Electric and Hydraulic
231 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential 0.60 mtr.
building.
232 Another name for passenger elevator. Lift
233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping. 2 mts.
235 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a Sheave
cable or roped is passed.
236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current. Rectifier
421/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main. Corporation Stop
242 An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly Thermostat
controls temperature.
243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction. Rigid Board Insulation
244 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of Alternator
alternating current.
245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___. Heat
246 A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to Thermostat
activate a switch.
247 During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open Outside Door Latch
the doors from the outside.
248 A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if Panic Bar
subjected to pressure.
249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector. 135-197F
250 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower Pressure Regulating
constant pressure. Valve
251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve. Air Motor
252 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended Counterweight
scenery, or the like.
253 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the
Winding-Drum Machine
car are fastened, and on which they wind.
254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight. Guiderails
255 Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit 600 mm
shall not be less than ___.
256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope. 30 mm
257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator. 558 mm
258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel. 38 Meters/Min
260 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into Microphone
variable electrical current.
261 A rate of rise type detector. Thermal Detector
262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures. Psychrometric Chart
264 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a Convection
mass of fluid.
265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions. Limit Controls and
Interlocks
266
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to
Fan Coil Unit
dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.
267
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there
Safety Shoe
is something. Photocell can be used together with this.
268 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car Fascia Plate
which is stopped between the floors.
422/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
269 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains Weighing Device
open until overloading is eliminated.
270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current. Circuit Breaker
271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor. Limit Switches
272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard. Handrail Guard
Switches
273
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
Disconnect Switch
off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
274 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against
accidental movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general Mechanical
maintenance.
275 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is Current Overload Safety
supplied to the motor. Switch
276 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or Knife Switch
repairs.
277 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same
Ton of Refrigeration
tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
423/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
424/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
2
A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of. 20 to 20000 HZ
3
Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec. 344 m/ sec.
4 The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit
of time. Frequency
5 Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated
reflections. Reverberation
7
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes
traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces. Flutter
12
It is the limit for comfortable hearing. 40 db
18
In physical principles of light, it is the light rays
leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
which spreads the light in various directions, in Diffusion
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.
425/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
29
What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound? psycho acoustics
30 environmental
study of effects on environment upon audible sound
acoustics
31 study of sound generated by equipment electro acoustics
32 What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one
wavelength
cycle?
33 rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon frequency
38 What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room? sound foci
41 What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped? reverberation
426/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
427/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
77 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive Passive Infrared with
infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system. Ultrasonic (or
Microwave)
78 This type of perimeter detector detects a change in
capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion. Proximity / Capacitance
Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave
90 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound intensity ______ the Varies inversely with
square of the distance from the source.
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______. a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound
428/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
104 The following statements are true with regards to sound except
___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium
That sound travels in a
c. That sound travels in a vacuum
vacuum
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___.
105 The velocity of sound is affected by _____.
a. Temperature
b. Kind of medium
c. Material density All of the above
d. All of the above
106 Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes. 10% opening
Which facing will reflect more sound?
107 Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest Cafeteria with people in
sound pressure level (SPL)? it
108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds HERTZ
429/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
112
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around SOUND DIFFRACTION
118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter LUX
124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests ACCENT LIGHTING
125
A type of HID lamp HPS LAMP
127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect SABINS
absorber
128
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet AVOIDING ZONES OF
internal acoustic environment DIRECT SOUND
131
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area
INTENSITY
perpendicular to the direction of propagation
132
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in
REFRACTION
direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend
133
Unit of loudness level. Phon
134
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat. Sound Absorption
430/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
135
Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration. Wavelength
136 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted
Sound Attenuation
from one point to another.
137
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material. Sabin
138
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around. Sound Diffraction
139
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear. Threshold of Audibility
140
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium. Sound
141
Sound sensation in a single frequency. Pure Tone
142
Wave produced by a pure tone. Sine Wave
143
Synonymous with a lighting fixture. Luminaire
144
The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___. Candela
145
Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting. General Lighting
146
The rate of flow of light through a surface. Luminous Flux
147
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area. Luminance
148
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot. Foot-Candle
149
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter. Lux
150 Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper
Indirect Lighting
walls of the room.
151
The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb. Tungsten
152
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp. Cathode
153
The rate of flow of sound energy Sound Intensity
154
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest. Accent Lighting
431/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
155
A means of producing light from gaseous discharge. Fluorescense
156 High-Pressure-Sodium
A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
(HPS)
157
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls. Cross Light
158
A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps. Luminaire
159 A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted
Eggcrate
by an overhead source.
160
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area. Floodlight
161
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies. Porous Absorbents
162 The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through
Refraction
different densities.
163 The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles
Frequency
per second.
164
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it;
a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater Transmission Loss
the insulation value.
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
432/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
433/471
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
434/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
8 is a daybed diban
9 What is escritoire? a writing desk
22
23
24
25
26
27
435/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
436/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
437/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
438/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
439/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
440/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
441/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
162
163
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
442/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
443/471
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
444/471
BAHAY KUBO
Kitchen Gilir
Toilet & Bath Batalan
Rice Storage Kamalig
Low Table Dulang
Closet Tampipi
Room Silid
Room for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan
BAHAY NA BATO
Ground Floor
For caroza storage Zaguan
Horse Stable Quadra
Store room Bodega
Second Floor
Water Cistern Aljibe
Overhanging 2nd floor Volada
Food Storage Dispensa
Ante room for stairs Caida
Living room Sala
Dining room Comedor
Kitchen Cocina
Pantry Dispensa
Toilet Letrina / Comun
Bath Bano
Open terrace Azotea
Room Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Vault Entresuelo
Balcony Balcon
Courtyard Patio
distinctive features
1. PERSIANA large windows with slats covered with
capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA small windows usually at lower
portion of the wall
3. CALLADO open woodwork or tracery; fixed over
a window or placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT
EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor Luxor, Egypt
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser Imhotep
The Great Pyramid
GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates
with Phidias
Erechtheum Athens, Greece Mnesicles
Epidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece Polykleitos
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon Rome, Italy Acrippa
Trajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of Damascus
Colosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and Domitian
AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
White House Washington, D.C. James Hoban
Capitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
National Gallery Of Art John Russel Pope
Washington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert Mills
University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson
Massachusetts State House Charles Bulfinch
Saint Patrick's Cathedral New York James Renwick
Connecticut State Capitol Richard Upjohn
Monticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson
New York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant
FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre Paris, France Peirre Lescot
Tuileries Paris, France
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Hotel de Ville Domencio de Cortona
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano
Notre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de Sully
ParisOpera House Paris, France Charles Garnier
Elysee Palace Claude Mollet
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine Napoleon I
Sorbonne Paris, France
Charles Cathedral Chartes, France
Amien's Cathedral
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel
Ancient Roman
Roman
Ancient Roman
Georgian Neoclassical
Neoclassical
Neo-Egyptian
Classical, Neo-Palladian
Colonial Georgian
French Renaissance -
Georgian Style
Expressionist Modern
Modern
Prairie Style
Deco Modern
Modern
Early Modern
Neo-Vernacular
Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details
French Renaissance
High-Tech Modern
Early Gothic
Neo-Baroque
Gothic exempler
French Gothic
Victorian Structural
Expressionist
Expressionist Modern
Modern
STYLE
Byzantine
Gothic and Mediterranean
Romanesque
Italian Romanesque
Medieval
Moorish(Islamic)
Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Art Nouveau
Expressionist
Islamic
Baroque
ultra-baroque
Baroque
Gothic Style
Baroque or Neo Classic
88 / 452 meters
110 / 443 meters
88 / 420.60 meters
79 / 382 meters
102 / 381 meters
78 / 374 meters
70 / 369 meters
56 / 358 meters
73 / 350 meters
85/ 347 meters
83 / 346 meters
80 / 322 meters
60 / 321 meters
90 / 320 meters
77 / 319.40 meters
55 / 312 meters
73 / 310.30 meters
77 / 310 meters
61 / 307 meters
75 / 305.40 meters
Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and
used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as
servants quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.
ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the
use of a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm
implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by
the public.
Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.
Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk
beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.
Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or
built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and
of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting
building.
Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for
food preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below
and partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor
is less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided
by columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used
to set off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are
provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in
accordance with previous arrangement.
Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals,
chattels, or property of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the
highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or
a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet.
In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be
considered the established grade elevation.
Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of
the bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of
the floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly
below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is
equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow
unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton,
oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and
other similar materials commonly used in commerce.
Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or
pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or
materials to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before
or after forming or fabrication.
Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free,
open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its
reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate
surroundings.
DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which
automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal
to the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no
person within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building.
Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per
person.
DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more
volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting
vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.
Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are
intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living,
sleeping, cooking, and eating.
Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the
family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo,
nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.
EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is
still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall
include intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps,
stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and
yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe
dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when
determining the permissible distance of travel.
Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more
required exits.
Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building
occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire
resistance of one-hour.
FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm
the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of
fire to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to
suppress the fire.
FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or
partitions.
FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the
probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere
with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.
FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and
unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the
protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection
system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for
heat, smoke and combustion products and other warning system components,
personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and
other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during
fire.
Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and
when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes
shall have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive
combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when
exposed to the weather.
FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of
combustion.
FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it
lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies
widely in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may
be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or
adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession
upward.
FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in
sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or
portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or
portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area
under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.
Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits
loads directly to the soil or the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or
dimensions.
Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth
upon which the structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.
Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are
housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles
used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.
Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50
percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage
of passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per
vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or
mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series
of continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own
power from and to the street level.
Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or
joists or walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished
surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters
distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the
ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than
1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters
of a public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the
sidewalk, alley, or public way.
Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys,
beginning with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive
floor number counting upward.
Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping
purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be
considered to be guest room.
Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping,
living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets,
pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries,
unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.
Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and
other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of
fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.
Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or
wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible
material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.
Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all
except dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and
similar equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or
structure.
Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion
thereof at any one time.
Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest
rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money,
goods, labor or otherwise.
Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or
may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the
land designated as lot or recorded plot.
Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of
not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot
lines.
Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of
a corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides
bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.
Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow
clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or
combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.
Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination
thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level
and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.
Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations
of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and
percentage of occupancy.
Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building
or land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is
situated.
Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The
term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy
is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.
OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw
or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical
system.
Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under
consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or
real property.
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more
people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00
meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to
the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.
Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the
purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of
construction.
Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of
any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or
breeding purposes.
Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and
the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that
portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the
ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or
unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at
any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a
storey.
Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive
floors, floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance
from the floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the
highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these
joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.
Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public for public use.
Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams,
trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor
or roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and
not a part of the structural frame.
surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from
the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind,
based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof
construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners
attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding
material applied over an approved backing.
VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to
floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior
parts of a house or building.
Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing
portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members,
which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they
act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above
the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.
Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-
joists.
Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the
grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and
retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.
Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the
said buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a
subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of
admitting natural light and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets
or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting
over the street line.
Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property
line.
Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the
nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between
the front and the rear yards.